Mercurial > emacs
annotate man/files.texi @ 69401:259ab035a718
Add x_fully_uncatch_errors and x_catching_errors to
the list of unused display error handling functions.
author | Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org> |
---|---|
date | Sat, 11 Mar 2006 16:02:38 +0000 |
parents | 316ca9a52405 |
children | 91970b147f39 5754737d1e04 |
rev | line source |
---|---|
25829 | 1 @c This is part of the Emacs manual. |
62474 | 2 @c Copyright (C) 1985, 1986, 1987, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1997, 1999, 2000, |
68639
dc2d5a6655a3
Update years in copyright notice; nfc.
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
68556
diff
changeset
|
3 @c 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc. |
25829 | 4 @c See file emacs.texi for copying conditions. |
52240
bfd5da2ea577
(Files): Update `Previous' pointer.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
49600
diff
changeset
|
5 @node Files, Buffers, Keyboard Macros, Top |
25829 | 6 @chapter File Handling |
7 @cindex files | |
8 | |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
9 The operating system stores data permanently in named @dfn{files}, so |
25829 | 10 most of the text you edit with Emacs comes from a file and is ultimately |
11 stored in a file. | |
12 | |
13 To edit a file, you must tell Emacs to read the file and prepare a | |
14 buffer containing a copy of the file's text. This is called | |
15 @dfn{visiting} the file. Editing commands apply directly to text in the | |
16 buffer; that is, to the copy inside Emacs. Your changes appear in the | |
17 file itself only when you @dfn{save} the buffer back into the file. | |
18 | |
19 In addition to visiting and saving files, Emacs can delete, copy, | |
20 rename, and append to files, keep multiple versions of them, and operate | |
21 on file directories. | |
22 | |
23 @menu | |
24 * File Names:: How to type and edit file-name arguments. | |
25 * Visiting:: Visiting a file prepares Emacs to edit the file. | |
26 * Saving:: Saving makes your changes permanent. | |
27 * Reverting:: Reverting cancels all the changes not saved. | |
28 * Auto Save:: Auto Save periodically protects against loss of data. | |
29 * File Aliases:: Handling multiple names for one file. | |
30 * Version Control:: Version control systems (RCS, CVS and SCCS). | |
31 * Directories:: Creating, deleting, and listing file directories. | |
32 * Comparing Files:: Finding where two files differ. | |
33 * Misc File Ops:: Other things you can do on files. | |
34 * Compressed Files:: Accessing compressed files. | |
28123
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
35 * File Archives:: Operating on tar, zip, jar etc. archive files. |
25829 | 36 * Remote Files:: Accessing files on other sites. |
37 * Quoted File Names:: Quoting special characters in file names. | |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
38 * File Name Cache:: Completion against a list of files you often use. |
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
39 * File Conveniences:: Convenience Features for Finding Files. |
61847 | 40 * Filesets:: Handling sets of files. |
25829 | 41 @end menu |
42 | |
43 @node File Names | |
44 @section File Names | |
45 @cindex file names | |
46 | |
47 Most Emacs commands that operate on a file require you to specify the | |
48 file name. (Saving and reverting are exceptions; the buffer knows which | |
49 file name to use for them.) You enter the file name using the | |
38739 | 50 minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffer}). @dfn{Completion} is available |
51 (@pxref{Completion}) to make it easier to specify long file names. When | |
38310
926054175878
(Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38064
diff
changeset
|
52 completing file names, Emacs ignores those whose file-name extensions |
38739 | 53 appear in the variable @code{completion-ignored-extensions}; see |
38310
926054175878
(Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38064
diff
changeset
|
54 @ref{Completion Options}. |
25829 | 55 |
56 For most operations, there is a @dfn{default file name} which is used | |
57 if you type just @key{RET} to enter an empty argument. Normally the | |
58 default file name is the name of the file visited in the current buffer; | |
59 this makes it easy to operate on that file with any of the Emacs file | |
60 commands. | |
61 | |
62 @vindex default-directory | |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
63 Each buffer has a default directory which is normally the same as the |
25829 | 64 directory of the file visited in that buffer. When you enter a file |
65 name without a directory, the default directory is used. If you specify | |
66 a directory in a relative fashion, with a name that does not start with | |
67 a slash, it is interpreted with respect to the default directory. The | |
68 default directory is kept in the variable @code{default-directory}, | |
69 which has a separate value in every buffer. | |
70 | |
71 @findex cd | |
72 @findex pwd | |
38870
d44abb4e68b2
Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38768
diff
changeset
|
73 The command @kbd{M-x pwd} displays the current buffer's default |
25829 | 74 directory, and the command @kbd{M-x cd} sets it (to a value read using |
75 the minibuffer). A buffer's default directory changes only when the | |
76 @code{cd} command is used. A file-visiting buffer's default directory | |
68540 | 77 is initialized to the directory of the file it visits. If you create |
78 a buffer with @kbd{C-x b}, its default directory is copied from that | |
79 of the buffer that was current at the time. | |
80 | |
81 For example, if the default file name is @file{/u/rms/gnu/gnu.tasks} | |
82 then the default directory is normally @file{/u/rms/gnu/}. If you | |
83 type just @samp{foo}, which does not specify a directory, it is short | |
84 for @file{/u/rms/gnu/foo}. @samp{../.login} would stand for | |
85 @file{/u/rms/.login}. @samp{new/foo} would stand for the file name | |
86 @file{/u/rms/gnu/new/foo}. | |
25829 | 87 |
88 @vindex insert-default-directory | |
89 The default directory actually appears in the minibuffer when the | |
90 minibuffer becomes active to read a file name. This serves two | |
91 purposes: it @emph{shows} you what the default is, so that you can type | |
92 a relative file name and know with certainty what it will mean, and it | |
93 allows you to @emph{edit} the default to specify a different directory. | |
94 This insertion of the default directory is inhibited if the variable | |
95 @code{insert-default-directory} is set to @code{nil}. | |
96 | |
97 Note that it is legitimate to type an absolute file name after you | |
98 enter the minibuffer, ignoring the presence of the default directory | |
99 name as part of the text. The final minibuffer contents may look | |
100 invalid, but that is not so. For example, if the minibuffer starts out | |
101 with @samp{/usr/tmp/} and you add @samp{/x1/rms/foo}, you get | |
102 @samp{/usr/tmp//x1/rms/foo}; but Emacs ignores everything through the | |
103 first slash in the double slash; the result is @samp{/x1/rms/foo}. | |
104 @xref{Minibuffer File}. | |
105 | |
68540 | 106 @cindex home directory shorthand |
107 You can use @file{~/} in a file name to mean your home directory, | |
108 or @file{~@var{user-id}/} to mean the home directory of a user whose | |
109 login name is @code{user-id}. (On DOS and Windows systems, where a user | |
110 doesn't have a home directory, Emacs substitutes @file{~/} with the | |
111 value of the environment variable @code{HOME}; see @ref{General | |
112 Variables}.) | |
113 | |
36324
63c47fc9df21
(File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36323
diff
changeset
|
114 @cindex environment variables in file names |
63c47fc9df21
(File Names): Add documentation of the tilde expansion in file names.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36323
diff
changeset
|
115 @cindex expansion of environment variables |
44086
5da94d5db448
(File Names): Add an index entry for $ in file names. Add an anchor.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
43682
diff
changeset
|
116 @cindex @code{$} in file names |
46212
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
117 @anchor{File Names with $}@samp{$} in a file name is used to |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
118 substitute an environment variable. The environment variable name |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
119 consists of all the alphanumeric characters after the @samp{$}; |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
120 alternatively, it can be enclosed in braces after the @samp{$}. For |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
121 example, if you have used the shell command @command{export |
29107 | 122 FOO=rms/hacks} to set up an environment variable named @env{FOO}, then |
25829 | 123 you can use @file{/u/$FOO/test.c} or @file{/u/$@{FOO@}/test.c} as an |
46212
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
124 abbreviation for @file{/u/rms/hacks/test.c}. If the environment |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
125 variable is not defined, no substitution occurs: @file{/u/$notdefined} |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
126 stands for itself (assuming the environment variable @env{notdefined} |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
127 is not defined). |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
128 |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
129 Note that shell commands to set environment variables affect Emacs |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
130 only when done before Emacs is started. |
25829 | 131 |
46212
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
132 To access a file with @samp{$} in its name, if the @samp{$} causes |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
133 expansion, type @samp{$$}. This pair is converted to a single |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
134 @samp{$} at the same time as variable substitution is performed for a |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
135 single @samp{$}. Alternatively, quote the whole file name with |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
136 @samp{/:} (@pxref{Quoted File Names}). File names which begin with a |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
137 literal @samp{~} should also be quoted with @samp{/:}. |
25829 | 138 |
139 @findex substitute-in-file-name | |
68540 | 140 The Lisp function that performs the @samp{$}-substitution is called |
25829 | 141 @code{substitute-in-file-name}. The substitution is performed only on |
142 file names read as such using the minibuffer. | |
143 | |
52979
3649390c0f91
Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52575
diff
changeset
|
144 You can include non-@acronym{ASCII} characters in file names if you set the |
25829 | 145 variable @code{file-name-coding-system} to a non-@code{nil} value. |
68556
e40499829b14
(File Names): Fix @xref.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
68541
diff
changeset
|
146 @xref{File Name Coding}. |
25829 | 147 |
148 @node Visiting | |
149 @section Visiting Files | |
150 @cindex visiting files | |
151 | |
152 @table @kbd | |
153 @item C-x C-f | |
154 Visit a file (@code{find-file}). | |
155 @item C-x C-r | |
156 Visit a file for viewing, without allowing changes to it | |
157 (@code{find-file-read-only}). | |
158 @item C-x C-v | |
159 Visit a different file instead of the one visited last | |
160 (@code{find-alternate-file}). | |
161 @item C-x 4 f | |
162 Visit a file, in another window (@code{find-file-other-window}). Don't | |
163 alter what is displayed in the selected window. | |
164 @item C-x 5 f | |
165 Visit a file, in a new frame (@code{find-file-other-frame}). Don't | |
166 alter what is displayed in the selected frame. | |
167 @item M-x find-file-literally | |
168 Visit a file with no conversion of the contents. | |
169 @end table | |
170 | |
171 @cindex files, visiting and saving | |
172 @cindex saving files | |
38739 | 173 @dfn{Visiting} a file means copying its contents into an Emacs |
174 buffer so you can edit them. Emacs makes a new buffer for each file | |
175 that you visit. We often say that this buffer ``is visiting'' that | |
176 file, or that the buffer's ``visited file'' is that file. Emacs | |
177 constructs the buffer name from the file name by throwing away the | |
178 directory, keeping just the name proper. For example, a file named | |
179 @file{/usr/rms/emacs.tex} would get a buffer named @samp{emacs.tex}. | |
180 If there is already a buffer with that name, Emacs constructs a unique | |
181 name---the normal method is to append @samp{<2>}, @samp{<3>}, and so | |
182 on, but you can select other methods (@pxref{Uniquify}). | |
25829 | 183 |
184 Each window's mode line shows the name of the buffer that is being displayed | |
185 in that window, so you can always tell what buffer you are editing. | |
186 | |
187 The changes you make with editing commands are made in the Emacs | |
188 buffer. They do not take effect in the file that you visited, or any | |
68540 | 189 permanent place, until you @dfn{save} the buffer. Saving the buffer |
25829 | 190 means that Emacs writes the current contents of the buffer into its |
191 visited file. @xref{Saving}. | |
192 | |
193 @cindex modified (buffer) | |
194 If a buffer contains changes that have not been saved, we say the | |
195 buffer is @dfn{modified}. This is important because it implies that | |
196 some changes will be lost if the buffer is not saved. The mode line | |
197 displays two stars near the left margin to indicate that the buffer is | |
198 modified. | |
199 | |
200 @kindex C-x C-f | |
201 @findex find-file | |
202 To visit a file, use the command @kbd{C-x C-f} (@code{find-file}). Follow | |
203 the command with the name of the file you wish to visit, terminated by a | |
204 @key{RET}. | |
205 | |
206 The file name is read using the minibuffer (@pxref{Minibuffer}), with | |
207 defaulting and completion in the standard manner (@pxref{File Names}). | |
38310
926054175878
(Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38064
diff
changeset
|
208 While in the minibuffer, you can abort @kbd{C-x C-f} by typing |
926054175878
(Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38064
diff
changeset
|
209 @kbd{C-g}. File-name completion ignores certain filenames; for more |
926054175878
(Visiting, File Names): Mention that completion ignores some file names,
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38064
diff
changeset
|
210 about this, see @ref{Completion Options}. |
25829 | 211 |
68540 | 212 Your confirmation that @kbd{C-x C-f} has completed successfully is |
213 the appearance of new text on the screen and a new buffer name in the | |
214 mode line. If the specified file does not exist and you could not | |
215 create it, or exists but you can't read it, then you get an error, | |
216 with an error message displayed in the echo area. | |
25829 | 217 |
218 If you visit a file that is already in Emacs, @kbd{C-x C-f} does not make | |
219 another copy. It selects the existing buffer containing that file. | |
68540 | 220 However, before doing so, it checks whether the file itself has changed |
221 since you visited or saved it last. If the file has changed, Emacs offers | |
222 to reread it. | |
25829 | 223 |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
224 @vindex large-file-warning-threshold |
37793
ec57e2733712
(Visiting): Document that files larger than the buffer size limit cannot
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
37349
diff
changeset
|
225 @cindex maximum buffer size exceeded, error message |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
226 If you try to visit a file larger than |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
227 @code{large-file-warning-threshold} (the default is 10000000, which is |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
228 about 10 megabytes), Emacs will ask you for confirmation first. You |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
229 can answer @kbd{y} to proceed with visiting the file. Note, however, |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
230 that Emacs cannot visit files that are larger than the maximum Emacs |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
231 buffer size, which is around 256 megabytes on 32-bit machines |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
232 (@pxref{Buffers}). If you try, Emacs will display an error message |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
233 saying that the maximum buffer size has been exceeded. |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
234 |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
235 @cindex file selection dialog |
68540 | 236 On graphical displays there are two additional methods for |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
237 visiting files. Firstly, when Emacs is built with a suitable GUI |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
238 toolkit, commands invoked with the mouse (by clicking on the menu bar |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
239 or tool bar) use the toolkit's standard File Selection dialog instead |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
240 of prompting for the file name in the minibuffer. On Unix and |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
241 GNU/Linux platforms, Emacs does that when built with GTK, LessTif, and |
68843
f72fe357e6ea
(Visiting): Mention Mac OS port.
YAMAMOTO Mitsuharu <mituharu@math.s.chiba-u.ac.jp>
parents:
68688
diff
changeset
|
242 Motif toolkits; on MS-Windows and Mac, the GUI version does that by default. |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
243 For information on how to customize this, see @ref{Dialog Boxes}. |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
244 |
68688
1cfffe48ae02
(Visiting): Make drag-and-drop not X-specific.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68639
diff
changeset
|
245 Secondly, Emacs supports ``drag and drop''; dropping a file into an |
1cfffe48ae02
(Visiting): Make drag-and-drop not X-specific.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68639
diff
changeset
|
246 ordinary Emacs window visits the file using that window. However, |
1cfffe48ae02
(Visiting): Make drag-and-drop not X-specific.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68639
diff
changeset
|
247 dropping a file into a window displaying a Dired buffer moves or |
1cfffe48ae02
(Visiting): Make drag-and-drop not X-specific.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68639
diff
changeset
|
248 copies the file into the displayed directory. For details, see |
1cfffe48ae02
(Visiting): Make drag-and-drop not X-specific.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68639
diff
changeset
|
249 @ref{Drag and Drop}, and @ref{Misc Dired Features}. |
37793
ec57e2733712
(Visiting): Document that files larger than the buffer size limit cannot
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
37349
diff
changeset
|
250 |
25829 | 251 @cindex creating files |
38870
d44abb4e68b2
Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38768
diff
changeset
|
252 What if you want to create a new file? Just visit it. Emacs displays |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
253 @samp{(New file)} in the echo area, but in other respects behaves as if |
25829 | 254 you had visited an existing empty file. If you make any changes and |
255 save them, the file is created. | |
256 | |
257 Emacs recognizes from the contents of a file which convention it uses | |
258 to separate lines---newline (used on GNU/Linux and on Unix), | |
259 carriage-return linefeed (used on Microsoft systems), or just | |
260 carriage-return (used on the Macintosh)---and automatically converts the | |
261 contents to the normal Emacs convention, which is that the newline | |
262 character separates lines. This is a part of the general feature of | |
263 coding system conversion (@pxref{Coding Systems}), and makes it possible | |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
264 to edit files imported from different operating systems with |
25829 | 265 equal convenience. If you change the text and save the file, Emacs |
266 performs the inverse conversion, changing newlines back into | |
267 carriage-return linefeed or just carriage-return if appropriate. | |
268 | |
269 @vindex find-file-run-dired | |
270 If the file you specify is actually a directory, @kbd{C-x C-f} invokes | |
271 Dired, the Emacs directory browser, so that you can ``edit'' the contents | |
59886 | 272 of the directory (@pxref{Dired}). Dired is a convenient way to view, delete, |
273 or operate on the files in the directory. However, if the variable | |
274 @code{find-file-run-dired} is @code{nil}, then it is an error to try | |
275 to visit a directory. | |
25829 | 276 |
36326
70c08680c0bf
(Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36325
diff
changeset
|
277 Files which are actually collections of other files, or @dfn{file |
70c08680c0bf
(Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36325
diff
changeset
|
278 archives}, are visited in special modes which invoke a Dired-like |
70c08680c0bf
(Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36325
diff
changeset
|
279 environment to allow operations on archive members. @xref{File |
70c08680c0bf
(Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36325
diff
changeset
|
280 Archives}, for more about these features. |
70c08680c0bf
(Visiting): Add a note about visiting file archives.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36325
diff
changeset
|
281 |
28327
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
282 @cindex wildcard characters in file names |
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
283 @vindex find-file-wildcards |
66504
d02437fa959f
(Visiting): Explain how to enter ? in a file name.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66179
diff
changeset
|
284 If the file name you specify contains shell-style wildcard |
d02437fa959f
(Visiting): Explain how to enter ? in a file name.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66179
diff
changeset
|
285 characters, Emacs visits all the files that match it. Wildcards |
d02437fa959f
(Visiting): Explain how to enter ? in a file name.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66179
diff
changeset
|
286 include @samp{?}, @samp{*}, and @samp{[@dots{}]} sequences. To enter |
d02437fa959f
(Visiting): Explain how to enter ? in a file name.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66179
diff
changeset
|
287 the wild card @samp{?} in a file name in the minibuffer, you need to |
d02437fa959f
(Visiting): Explain how to enter ? in a file name.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66179
diff
changeset
|
288 type @kbd{C-q ?}. @xref{Quoted File Names}, for information on how to |
d02437fa959f
(Visiting): Explain how to enter ? in a file name.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66179
diff
changeset
|
289 visit a file whose name actually contains wildcard characters. You |
d02437fa959f
(Visiting): Explain how to enter ? in a file name.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66179
diff
changeset
|
290 can disable the wildcard feature by customizing |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
291 @code{find-file-wildcards}. |
25829 | 292 |
293 If you visit a file that the operating system won't let you modify, | |
46215
0695dbe46ee5
Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46212
diff
changeset
|
294 or that is marked read-only, Emacs makes the buffer read-only too, so |
0695dbe46ee5
Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46212
diff
changeset
|
295 that you won't go ahead and make changes that you'll have trouble |
0695dbe46ee5
Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46212
diff
changeset
|
296 saving afterward. You can make the buffer writable with @kbd{C-x C-q} |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
297 (@code{toggle-read-only}). @xref{Misc Buffer}. |
25829 | 298 |
299 @kindex C-x C-r | |
300 @findex find-file-read-only | |
46215
0695dbe46ee5
Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46212
diff
changeset
|
301 If you want to visit a file as read-only in order to protect |
0695dbe46ee5
Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46212
diff
changeset
|
302 yourself from entering changes accidentally, visit it with the command |
0695dbe46ee5
Clarify read-only visiting commands.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
46212
diff
changeset
|
303 @kbd{C-x C-r} (@code{find-file-read-only}) instead of @kbd{C-x C-f}. |
25829 | 304 |
305 @kindex C-x C-v | |
306 @findex find-alternate-file | |
307 If you visit a nonexistent file unintentionally (because you typed the | |
308 wrong file name), use the @kbd{C-x C-v} command | |
309 (@code{find-alternate-file}) to visit the file you really wanted. | |
310 @kbd{C-x C-v} is similar to @kbd{C-x C-f}, but it kills the current | |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
311 buffer (after first offering to save it if it is modified). When |
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
312 @kbd{C-x C-v} reads the file name to visit, it inserts the entire |
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
313 default file name in the buffer, with point just after the directory |
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
314 part; this is convenient if you made a slight error in typing the name. |
25829 | 315 |
316 @kindex C-x 4 f | |
317 @findex find-file-other-window | |
318 @kbd{C-x 4 f} (@code{find-file-other-window}) is like @kbd{C-x C-f} | |
319 except that the buffer containing the specified file is selected in another | |
320 window. The window that was selected before @kbd{C-x 4 f} continues to | |
321 show the same buffer it was already showing. If this command is used when | |
322 only one window is being displayed, that window is split in two, with one | |
323 window showing the same buffer as before, and the other one showing the | |
324 newly requested file. @xref{Windows}. | |
325 | |
326 @kindex C-x 5 f | |
327 @findex find-file-other-frame | |
328 @kbd{C-x 5 f} (@code{find-file-other-frame}) is similar, but opens a | |
329 new frame, or makes visible any existing frame showing the file you | |
330 seek. This feature is available only when you are using a window | |
331 system. @xref{Frames}. | |
332 | |
333 @findex find-file-literally | |
52979
3649390c0f91
Replace @sc{ascii} and ASCII with @acronym{ASCII}.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
52575
diff
changeset
|
334 If you wish to edit a file as a sequence of @acronym{ASCII} characters with no special |
25829 | 335 encoding or conversion, use the @kbd{M-x find-file-literally} command. |
336 It visits a file, like @kbd{C-x C-f}, but does not do format conversion | |
337 (@pxref{Formatted Text}), character code conversion (@pxref{Coding | |
33559 | 338 Systems}), or automatic uncompression (@pxref{Compressed Files}), and |
339 does not add a final newline because of @code{require-final-newline}. | |
25829 | 340 If you already have visited the same file in the usual (non-literal) |
341 manner, this command asks you whether to visit it literally instead. | |
342 | |
45979
87962bf716e3
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45892
diff
changeset
|
343 @vindex find-file-hook |
87962bf716e3
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45892
diff
changeset
|
344 @vindex find-file-not-found-functions |
25829 | 345 Two special hook variables allow extensions to modify the operation of |
346 visiting files. Visiting a file that does not exist runs the functions | |
45979
87962bf716e3
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45892
diff
changeset
|
347 in the list @code{find-file-not-found-functions}; this variable holds a list |
25829 | 348 of functions, and the functions are called one by one (with no |
349 arguments) until one of them returns non-@code{nil}. This is not a | |
45979
87962bf716e3
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45892
diff
changeset
|
350 normal hook, and the name ends in @samp{-functions} rather than @samp{-hook} |
25829 | 351 to indicate that fact. |
352 | |
38739 | 353 Successful visiting of any file, whether existing or not, calls the |
45979
87962bf716e3
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45892
diff
changeset
|
354 functions in the list @code{find-file-hook}, with no arguments. |
87962bf716e3
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45892
diff
changeset
|
355 This variable is a normal hook. In the case of a nonexistent file, the |
87962bf716e3
*** empty log message ***
Stefan Monnier <monnier@iro.umontreal.ca>
parents:
45892
diff
changeset
|
356 @code{find-file-not-found-functions} are run first. @xref{Hooks}. |
25829 | 357 |
358 There are several ways to specify automatically the major mode for | |
359 editing the file (@pxref{Choosing Modes}), and to specify local | |
360 variables defined for that file (@pxref{File Variables}). | |
361 | |
362 @node Saving | |
363 @section Saving Files | |
364 | |
365 @dfn{Saving} a buffer in Emacs means writing its contents back into the file | |
366 that was visited in the buffer. | |
367 | |
65532
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
368 @menu |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
369 * Save Commands:: Commands for saving files. |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
370 * Backup:: How Emacs saves the old version of your file. |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
371 * Customize Save:: Customizing the saving of files. |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
372 * Interlocking:: How Emacs protects against simultaneous editing |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
373 of one file by two users. |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
374 * Shadowing: File Shadowing. Copying files to "shadows" automatically. |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
375 * Time Stamps:: Emacs can update time stamps on saved files. |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
376 @end menu |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
377 |
65535 | 378 @node Save Commands |
65532
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
379 @subsection Commands for Saving Files |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
380 |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
381 These are the commands that relate to saving and writing files. |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
382 |
25829 | 383 @table @kbd |
384 @item C-x C-s | |
38739 | 385 Save the current buffer in its visited file on disk (@code{save-buffer}). |
25829 | 386 @item C-x s |
387 Save any or all buffers in their visited files (@code{save-some-buffers}). | |
388 @item M-~ | |
389 Forget that the current buffer has been changed (@code{not-modified}). | |
29556 | 390 With prefix argument (@kbd{C-u}), mark the current buffer as changed. |
25829 | 391 @item C-x C-w |
68540 | 392 Save the current buffer with a specified file name (@code{write-file}). |
25829 | 393 @item M-x set-visited-file-name |
36316
d79558eaaecb
(Saveing): Fix "file the name". From Nelson H. F. Beebe
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36274
diff
changeset
|
394 Change the file name under which the current buffer will be saved. |
25829 | 395 @end table |
396 | |
397 @kindex C-x C-s | |
398 @findex save-buffer | |
399 When you wish to save the file and make your changes permanent, type | |
400 @kbd{C-x C-s} (@code{save-buffer}). After saving is finished, @kbd{C-x C-s} | |
401 displays a message like this: | |
402 | |
403 @example | |
404 Wrote /u/rms/gnu/gnu.tasks | |
405 @end example | |
406 | |
407 @noindent | |
408 If the selected buffer is not modified (no changes have been made in it | |
409 since the buffer was created or last saved), saving is not really done, | |
410 because it would have no effect. Instead, @kbd{C-x C-s} displays a message | |
411 like this in the echo area: | |
412 | |
413 @example | |
414 (No changes need to be saved) | |
415 @end example | |
416 | |
417 @kindex C-x s | |
418 @findex save-some-buffers | |
419 The command @kbd{C-x s} (@code{save-some-buffers}) offers to save any | |
420 or all modified buffers. It asks you what to do with each buffer. The | |
421 possible responses are analogous to those of @code{query-replace}: | |
422 | |
423 @table @kbd | |
424 @item y | |
425 Save this buffer and ask about the rest of the buffers. | |
426 @item n | |
427 Don't save this buffer, but ask about the rest of the buffers. | |
428 @item ! | |
429 Save this buffer and all the rest with no more questions. | |
430 @c following generates acceptable underfull hbox | |
431 @item @key{RET} | |
432 Terminate @code{save-some-buffers} without any more saving. | |
433 @item . | |
434 Save this buffer, then exit @code{save-some-buffers} without even asking | |
435 about other buffers. | |
436 @item C-r | |
437 View the buffer that you are currently being asked about. When you exit | |
438 View mode, you get back to @code{save-some-buffers}, which asks the | |
439 question again. | |
59886 | 440 @item d |
441 Diff the buffer against its corresponding file, so you can see | |
442 what changes you would be saving. | |
25829 | 443 @item C-h |
444 Display a help message about these options. | |
445 @end table | |
446 | |
447 @kbd{C-x C-c}, the key sequence to exit Emacs, invokes | |
448 @code{save-some-buffers} and therefore asks the same questions. | |
449 | |
450 @kindex M-~ | |
451 @findex not-modified | |
452 If you have changed a buffer but you do not want to save the changes, | |
453 you should take some action to prevent it. Otherwise, each time you use | |
454 @kbd{C-x s} or @kbd{C-x C-c}, you are liable to save this buffer by | |
455 mistake. One thing you can do is type @kbd{M-~} (@code{not-modified}), | |
456 which clears out the indication that the buffer is modified. If you do | |
457 this, none of the save commands will believe that the buffer needs to be | |
458 saved. (@samp{~} is often used as a mathematical symbol for `not'; thus | |
459 @kbd{M-~} is `not', metafied.) You could also use | |
460 @code{set-visited-file-name} (see below) to mark the buffer as visiting | |
461 a different file name, one which is not in use for anything important. | |
462 Alternatively, you can cancel all the changes made since the file was | |
463 visited or saved, by reading the text from the file again. This is | |
68540 | 464 called @dfn{reverting}. @xref{Reverting}. (You could also undo all the |
25829 | 465 changes by repeating the undo command @kbd{C-x u} until you have undone |
68540 | 466 all the changes; but reverting is easier.) You can also kill the buffer. |
25829 | 467 |
468 @findex set-visited-file-name | |
469 @kbd{M-x set-visited-file-name} alters the name of the file that the | |
470 current buffer is visiting. It reads the new file name using the | |
38739 | 471 minibuffer. Then it marks the buffer as visiting that file name, and |
472 changes the buffer name correspondingly. @code{set-visited-file-name} | |
473 does not save the buffer in the newly visited file; it just alters the | |
474 records inside Emacs in case you do save later. It also marks the | |
475 buffer as ``modified'' so that @kbd{C-x C-s} in that buffer | |
476 @emph{will} save. | |
25829 | 477 |
478 @kindex C-x C-w | |
479 @findex write-file | |
480 If you wish to mark the buffer as visiting a different file and save it | |
64154
b2c833193d1a
(Saving): Minor correction about C-x C-w.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63149
diff
changeset
|
481 right away, use @kbd{C-x C-w} (@code{write-file}). It is |
b2c833193d1a
(Saving): Minor correction about C-x C-w.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63149
diff
changeset
|
482 equivalent to @code{set-visited-file-name} followed by @kbd{C-x C-s} |
b2c833193d1a
(Saving): Minor correction about C-x C-w.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
63149
diff
changeset
|
483 (except that @kbd{C-x C-w} asks for confirmation if the file exists). |
25829 | 484 @kbd{C-x C-s} used on a buffer that is not visiting a file has the |
485 same effect as @kbd{C-x C-w}; that is, it reads a file name, marks the | |
486 buffer as visiting that file, and saves it there. The default file name in | |
487 a buffer that is not visiting a file is made by combining the buffer name | |
38739 | 488 with the buffer's default directory (@pxref{File Names}). |
25829 | 489 |
490 If the new file name implies a major mode, then @kbd{C-x C-w} switches | |
491 to that major mode, in most cases. The command | |
492 @code{set-visited-file-name} also does this. @xref{Choosing Modes}. | |
493 | |
494 If Emacs is about to save a file and sees that the date of the latest | |
495 version on disk does not match what Emacs last read or wrote, Emacs | |
496 notifies you of this fact, because it probably indicates a problem caused | |
497 by simultaneous editing and requires your immediate attention. | |
498 @xref{Interlocking,, Simultaneous Editing}. | |
499 | |
500 @node Backup | |
501 @subsection Backup Files | |
502 @cindex backup file | |
503 @vindex make-backup-files | |
504 @vindex vc-make-backup-files | |
505 | |
506 On most operating systems, rewriting a file automatically destroys all | |
507 record of what the file used to contain. Thus, saving a file from Emacs | |
508 throws away the old contents of the file---or it would, except that | |
509 Emacs carefully copies the old contents to another file, called the | |
510 @dfn{backup} file, before actually saving. | |
511 | |
512 For most files, the variable @code{make-backup-files} determines | |
513 whether to make backup files. On most operating systems, its default | |
514 value is @code{t}, so that Emacs does write backup files. | |
515 | |
516 For files managed by a version control system (@pxref{Version | |
517 Control}), the variable @code{vc-make-backup-files} determines whether | |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
518 to make backup files. By default it is @code{nil}, since backup files |
25829 | 519 are redundant when you store all the previous versions in a version |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
520 control system. @xref{General VC Options}. |
25829 | 521 |
68540 | 522 At your option, Emacs can keep either a single backup for each file, |
523 or make a series of numbered backup files for each file that you edit. | |
524 | |
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
525 @vindex backup-enable-predicate |
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
526 @vindex temporary-file-directory |
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
527 @vindex small-temporary-file-directory |
25829 | 528 The default value of the @code{backup-enable-predicate} variable |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
529 prevents backup files being written for files in the directories used |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
530 for temporary files, specified by @code{temporary-file-directory} or |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
531 @code{small-temporary-file-directory}. |
25829 | 532 |
533 Emacs makes a backup for a file only the first time the file is saved | |
534 from one buffer. No matter how many times you save a file, its backup file | |
535 continues to contain the contents from before the file was visited. | |
536 Normally this means that the backup file contains the contents from before | |
537 the current editing session; however, if you kill the buffer and then visit | |
538 the file again, a new backup file will be made by the next save. | |
539 | |
540 You can also explicitly request making another backup file from a | |
541 buffer even though it has already been saved at least once. If you save | |
542 the buffer with @kbd{C-u C-x C-s}, the version thus saved will be made | |
543 into a backup file if you save the buffer again. @kbd{C-u C-u C-x C-s} | |
544 saves the buffer, but first makes the previous file contents into a new | |
545 backup file. @kbd{C-u C-u C-u C-x C-s} does both things: it makes a | |
38739 | 546 backup from the previous contents, and arranges to make another from the |
547 newly saved contents if you save again. | |
25829 | 548 |
549 @menu | |
68541
86e02f4f4ec2
Minor fix to previous change.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
68540
diff
changeset
|
550 * One or Many: Numbered Backups. Whether to make one backup file or many. |
68540 | 551 * Names: Backup Names. How backup files are named. |
25829 | 552 * Deletion: Backup Deletion. Emacs deletes excess numbered backups. |
553 * Copying: Backup Copying. Backups can be made by copying or renaming. | |
554 @end menu | |
555 | |
68540 | 556 @node Numbered Backups |
557 @subsubsection Numbered Backups | |
558 | |
559 @vindex version-control | |
560 The choice of single backup file or multiple numbered backup files | |
561 is controlled by the variable @code{version-control}. Its possible | |
562 values are: | |
563 | |
564 @table @code | |
565 @item t | |
566 Make numbered backups. | |
567 @item nil | |
568 Make numbered backups for files that have numbered backups already. | |
569 Otherwise, make single backups. | |
570 @item never | |
571 Never make numbered backups; always make single backups. | |
572 @end table | |
573 | |
574 @noindent | |
575 The usual way to set this variable is globally, through your | |
576 @file{.emacs} file or the customization buffer. However, you can set | |
577 @code{version-control} locally in an individual buffer to control the | |
578 making of backups for that buffer's file. For example, Rmail mode | |
579 locally sets @code{version-control} to @code{never} to make sure that | |
580 there is only one backup for an Rmail file. @xref{Locals}. | |
581 | |
582 @cindex @env{VERSION_CONTROL} environment variable | |
583 If you set the environment variable @env{VERSION_CONTROL}, to tell | |
584 various GNU utilities what to do with backup files, Emacs also obeys the | |
585 environment variable by setting the Lisp variable @code{version-control} | |
586 accordingly at startup. If the environment variable's value is @samp{t} | |
587 or @samp{numbered}, then @code{version-control} becomes @code{t}; if the | |
588 value is @samp{nil} or @samp{existing}, then @code{version-control} | |
589 becomes @code{nil}; if it is @samp{never} or @samp{simple}, then | |
590 @code{version-control} becomes @code{never}. | |
591 | |
25829 | 592 @node Backup Names |
593 @subsubsection Single or Numbered Backups | |
594 | |
68540 | 595 When Emacs makes a single backup file, its name is normally |
596 constructed by appending @samp{~} to the file name being edited; thus, | |
597 the backup file for @file{eval.c} would be @file{eval.c~}. | |
25829 | 598 |
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
599 @vindex make-backup-file-name-function |
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
600 @vindex backup-directory-alist |
38017
32f10000ac35
Don't use the British spelling of "behaviour".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
37795
diff
changeset
|
601 You can change this behavior by defining the variable |
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
602 @code{make-backup-file-name-function} to a suitable function. |
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
603 Alternatively you can customize the variable |
36874 | 604 @code{backup-directory-alist} to specify that files matching certain |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
605 patterns should be backed up in specific directories. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
606 |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
607 A typical use is to add an element @code{("." . @var{dir})} to make |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
608 all backups in the directory with absolute name @var{dir}; Emacs |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
609 modifies the backup file names to avoid clashes between files with the |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
610 same names originating in different directories. Alternatively, |
37090
41f1140b1f53
(Backup Names): Fix typo.
Andreas Schwab <schwab@suse.de>
parents:
36874
diff
changeset
|
611 adding, say, @code{("." . ".~")} would make backups in the invisible |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
612 subdirectory @file{.~} of the original file's directory. Emacs |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
613 creates the directory, if necessary, to make the backup. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
614 |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
615 If access control stops Emacs from writing backup files under the usual |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
616 names, it writes the backup file as @file{%backup%~} in your home |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
617 directory. Only one such file can exist, so only the most recently |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
618 made such backup is available. |
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
619 |
25829 | 620 If you choose to have a series of numbered backup files, backup file |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
621 names contain @samp{.~}, the number, and another @samp{~} after the |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
622 original file name. Thus, the backup files of @file{eval.c} would be |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
623 called @file{eval.c.~1~}, @file{eval.c.~2~}, and so on, all the way |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
624 through names like @file{eval.c.~259~} and beyond. The variable |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
625 @code{backup-directory-alist} applies to numbered backups just as |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
626 usual. |
25829 | 627 |
628 @node Backup Deletion | |
629 @subsubsection Automatic Deletion of Backups | |
630 | |
38020 | 631 To prevent excessive consumption of disk space, Emacs can delete numbered |
25829 | 632 backup versions automatically. Generally Emacs keeps the first few backups |
633 and the latest few backups, deleting any in between. This happens every | |
634 time a new backup is made. | |
635 | |
636 @vindex kept-old-versions | |
637 @vindex kept-new-versions | |
638 The two variables @code{kept-old-versions} and | |
639 @code{kept-new-versions} control this deletion. Their values are, | |
38739 | 640 respectively, the number of oldest (lowest-numbered) backups to keep |
641 and the number of newest (highest-numbered) ones to keep, each time a | |
642 new backup is made. The backups in the middle (excluding those oldest | |
643 and newest) are the excess middle versions---those backups are | |
644 deleted. These variables' values are used when it is time to delete | |
645 excess versions, just after a new backup version is made; the newly | |
646 made backup is included in the count in @code{kept-new-versions}. By | |
647 default, both variables are 2. | |
25829 | 648 |
649 @vindex delete-old-versions | |
56732
1252abee4a21
(Backup Deletion): Correct description of `delete-old-versions'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55997
diff
changeset
|
650 If @code{delete-old-versions} is @code{t}, Emacs deletes the excess |
1252abee4a21
(Backup Deletion): Correct description of `delete-old-versions'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55997
diff
changeset
|
651 backup files silently. If it is @code{nil}, the default, Emacs asks |
1252abee4a21
(Backup Deletion): Correct description of `delete-old-versions'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55997
diff
changeset
|
652 you whether it should delete the excess backup versions. If it has |
1252abee4a21
(Backup Deletion): Correct description of `delete-old-versions'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55997
diff
changeset
|
653 any other value, then Emacs never automatically deletes backups. |
25829 | 654 |
655 Dired's @kbd{.} (Period) command can also be used to delete old versions. | |
656 @xref{Dired Deletion}. | |
657 | |
658 @node Backup Copying | |
659 @subsubsection Copying vs.@: Renaming | |
660 | |
38739 | 661 Backup files can be made by copying the old file or by renaming it. |
662 This makes a difference when the old file has multiple names (hard | |
663 links). If the old file is renamed into the backup file, then the | |
664 alternate names become names for the backup file. If the old file is | |
665 copied instead, then the alternate names remain names for the file | |
666 that you are editing, and the contents accessed by those names will be | |
667 the new contents. | |
25829 | 668 |
669 The method of making a backup file may also affect the file's owner | |
670 and group. If copying is used, these do not change. If renaming is used, | |
671 you become the file's owner, and the file's group becomes the default | |
672 (different operating systems have different defaults for the group). | |
673 | |
674 Having the owner change is usually a good idea, because then the owner | |
675 always shows who last edited the file. Also, the owners of the backups | |
676 show who produced those versions. Occasionally there is a file whose | |
677 owner should not change; it is a good idea for such files to contain | |
678 local variable lists to set @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} | |
679 locally (@pxref{File Variables}). | |
680 | |
681 @vindex backup-by-copying | |
682 @vindex backup-by-copying-when-linked | |
683 @vindex backup-by-copying-when-mismatch | |
31043
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
684 @vindex backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch |
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
685 @cindex file ownership, and backup |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
686 @cindex backup, and user-id |
31043
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
687 The choice of renaming or copying is controlled by four variables. |
25829 | 688 Renaming is the default choice. If the variable |
689 @code{backup-by-copying} is non-@code{nil}, copying is used. Otherwise, | |
690 if the variable @code{backup-by-copying-when-linked} is non-@code{nil}, | |
691 then copying is used for files that have multiple names, but renaming | |
692 may still be used when the file being edited has only one name. If the | |
693 variable @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} is non-@code{nil}, then | |
694 copying is used if renaming would cause the file's owner or group to | |
695 change. @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} is @code{t} by default | |
31043
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
696 if you start Emacs as the superuser. The fourth variable, |
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
697 @code{backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch}, gives the highest |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
698 numeric user-id for which @code{backup-by-copying-when-mismatch} will be |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
699 forced on. This is useful when low-numbered user-ids are assigned to |
31043
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
700 special system users, such as @code{root}, @code{bin}, @code{daemon}, |
31a21ae1de1f
Document backup-by-copying-when-privileged-mismatch.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29683
diff
changeset
|
701 etc., which must maintain ownership of files. |
25829 | 702 |
703 When a file is managed with a version control system (@pxref{Version | |
704 Control}), Emacs does not normally make backups in the usual way for | |
705 that file. But check-in and check-out are similar in some ways to | |
706 making backups. One unfortunate similarity is that these operations | |
707 typically break hard links, disconnecting the file name you visited from | |
708 any alternate names for the same file. This has nothing to do with | |
709 Emacs---the version control system does it. | |
710 | |
65532
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
711 @node Customize Save |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
712 @subsection Customizing Saving of Files |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
713 |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
714 @vindex require-final-newline |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
715 If the value of the variable @code{require-final-newline} is |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
716 @code{t}, saving or writing a file silently puts a newline at the end |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
717 if there isn't already one there. If the value is @code{visit}, Emacs |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
718 adds a newline at the end of any file that doesn't have one, just |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
719 after it visits the file. (This marks the buffer as modified, and you |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
720 can undo it.) If the value is @code{visit-save}, that means to add |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
721 newlines both on visiting and on saving. If the value is @code{nil}, |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
722 Emacs leaves the end of the file unchanged; if it's neither @code{nil} |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
723 nor @code{t}, Emacs asks you whether to add a newline. The default is |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
724 @code{nil}. |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
725 |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
726 @vindex mode-require-final-newline |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
727 Many major modes are designed for specific kinds of files that are |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
728 always supposed to end in newlines. These major modes set the |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
729 variable @code{require-final-newline} according to |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
730 @code{mode-require-final-newline}. By setting the latter variable, |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
731 you can control how these modes handle final newlines. |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
732 |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
733 @vindex write-region-inhibit-fsync |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
734 When Emacs saves a file, it invokes the @code{fsync} system call to |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
735 force the data immediately out to disk. This is important for safety |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
736 if the system crashes or in case of power outage. However, it can be |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
737 disruptive on laptops using power saving, because it requires the disk |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
738 to spin up each time you save a file. Setting |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
739 @code{write-region-inhibit-fsync} to a non-@code{nil} value disables |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
740 this synchronization. Be careful---this means increased risk of data |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
741 loss. |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
742 |
25829 | 743 @node Interlocking |
744 @subsection Protection against Simultaneous Editing | |
745 | |
746 @cindex file dates | |
747 @cindex simultaneous editing | |
748 Simultaneous editing occurs when two users visit the same file, both | |
749 make changes, and then both save them. If nobody were informed that | |
750 this was happening, whichever user saved first would later find that his | |
751 changes were lost. | |
752 | |
753 On some systems, Emacs notices immediately when the second user starts | |
754 to change the file, and issues an immediate warning. On all systems, | |
755 Emacs checks when you save the file, and warns if you are about to | |
756 overwrite another user's changes. You can prevent loss of the other | |
757 user's work by taking the proper corrective action instead of saving the | |
758 file. | |
759 | |
760 @findex ask-user-about-lock | |
761 @cindex locking files | |
762 When you make the first modification in an Emacs buffer that is | |
763 visiting a file, Emacs records that the file is @dfn{locked} by you. | |
764 (It does this by creating a symbolic link in the same directory with a | |
765 different name.) Emacs removes the lock when you save the changes. The | |
766 idea is that the file is locked whenever an Emacs buffer visiting it has | |
767 unsaved changes. | |
768 | |
769 @cindex collision | |
770 If you begin to modify the buffer while the visited file is locked by | |
771 someone else, this constitutes a @dfn{collision}. When Emacs detects a | |
772 collision, it asks you what to do, by calling the Lisp function | |
773 @code{ask-user-about-lock}. You can redefine this function for the sake | |
774 of customization. The standard definition of this function asks you a | |
775 question and accepts three possible answers: | |
776 | |
777 @table @kbd | |
778 @item s | |
779 Steal the lock. Whoever was already changing the file loses the lock, | |
780 and you gain the lock. | |
781 @item p | |
782 Proceed. Go ahead and edit the file despite its being locked by someone else. | |
783 @item q | |
38739 | 784 Quit. This causes an error (@code{file-locked}), and the buffer |
785 contents remain unchanged---the modification you were trying to make | |
786 does not actually take place. | |
25829 | 787 @end table |
788 | |
789 Note that locking works on the basis of a file name; if a file has | |
790 multiple names, Emacs does not realize that the two names are the same file | |
791 and cannot prevent two users from editing it simultaneously under different | |
792 names. However, basing locking on names means that Emacs can interlock the | |
793 editing of new files that will not really exist until they are saved. | |
794 | |
795 Some systems are not configured to allow Emacs to make locks, and | |
796 there are cases where lock files cannot be written. In these cases, | |
797 Emacs cannot detect trouble in advance, but it still can detect the | |
798 collision when you try to save a file and overwrite someone else's | |
799 changes. | |
800 | |
801 If Emacs or the operating system crashes, this may leave behind lock | |
36327
f32c31c60f60
(Interlocking): Fix wording of "So you may".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36326
diff
changeset
|
802 files which are stale, so you may occasionally get warnings about |
25829 | 803 spurious collisions. When you determine that the collision is spurious, |
804 just use @kbd{p} to tell Emacs to go ahead anyway. | |
805 | |
806 Every time Emacs saves a buffer, it first checks the last-modification | |
807 date of the existing file on disk to verify that it has not changed since the | |
808 file was last visited or saved. If the date does not match, it implies | |
809 that changes were made in the file in some other way, and these changes are | |
810 about to be lost if Emacs actually does save. To prevent this, Emacs | |
38870
d44abb4e68b2
Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38768
diff
changeset
|
811 displays a warning message and asks for confirmation before saving. |
25829 | 812 Occasionally you will know why the file was changed and know that it does |
813 not matter; then you can answer @kbd{yes} and proceed. Otherwise, you should | |
814 cancel the save with @kbd{C-g} and investigate the situation. | |
815 | |
816 The first thing you should do when notified that simultaneous editing | |
817 has already taken place is to list the directory with @kbd{C-u C-x C-d} | |
818 (@pxref{Directories}). This shows the file's current author. You | |
819 should attempt to contact him to warn him not to continue editing. | |
820 Often the next step is to save the contents of your Emacs buffer under a | |
821 different name, and use @code{diff} to compare the two files.@refill | |
822 | |
31076 | 823 @node File Shadowing |
824 @subsection Shadowing Files | |
825 @cindex shadow files | |
826 @cindex file shadows | |
68540 | 827 @findex shadow-initialize |
31076 | 828 |
829 @table @kbd | |
830 @item M-x shadow-initialize | |
831 Set up file shadowing. | |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
832 @item M-x shadow-define-literal-group |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
833 Declare a single file to be shared between sites. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
834 @item M-x shadow-define-regexp-group |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
835 Make all files that match each of a group of files be shared between hosts. |
31076 | 836 @item M-x shadow-define-cluster @key{RET} @var{name} @key{RET} |
837 Define a shadow file cluster @var{name}. | |
838 @item M-x shadow-copy-files | |
839 Copy all pending shadow files. | |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
840 @item M-x shadow-cancel |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
841 Cancel the instruction to shadow some files. |
31076 | 842 @end table |
843 | |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
844 You can arrange to keep identical @dfn{shadow} copies of certain files |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
845 in more than one place---possibly on different machines. To do this, |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
846 first you must set up a @dfn{shadow file group}, which is a set of |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
847 identically-named files shared between a list of sites. The file |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
848 group is permanent and applies to further Emacs sessions as well as |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
849 the current one. Once the group is set up, every time you exit Emacs, |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
850 it will copy the file you edited to the other files in its group. You |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
851 can also do the copying without exiting Emacs, by typing @kbd{M-x |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
852 shadow-copy-files}. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
853 |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
854 To set up a shadow file group, use @kbd{M-x |
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
855 shadow-define-literal-group} or @kbd{M-x shadow-define-regexp-group}. |
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
856 See their documentation strings for further information. |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
857 |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
858 Before copying a file to its shadows, Emacs asks for confirmation. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
859 You can answer ``no'' to bypass copying of this file, this time. If |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
860 you want to cancel the shadowing permanently for a certain file, use |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
861 @kbd{M-x shadow-cancel} to eliminate or change the shadow file group. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
862 |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
863 A @dfn{shadow cluster} is a group of hosts that share directories, so |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
864 that copying to or from one of them is sufficient to update the file |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
865 on all of them. Each shadow cluster has a name, and specifies the |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
866 network address of a primary host (the one we copy files to), and a |
39263 | 867 regular expression that matches the host names of all the other hosts |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
868 in the cluster. You can define a shadow cluster with @kbd{M-x |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
869 shadow-define-cluster}. |
31076 | 870 |
35524 | 871 @node Time Stamps |
872 @subsection Updating Time Stamps Automatically | |
873 @cindex time stamps | |
874 @cindex modification dates | |
35620 | 875 @cindex locale, date format |
35524 | 876 |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
877 You can arrange to put a time stamp in a file, so that it will be updated |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
878 automatically each time you edit and save the file. The time stamp |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
879 has to be in the first eight lines of the file, and you should |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
880 insert it like this: |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
881 |
35524 | 882 @example |
883 Time-stamp: <> | |
884 @end example | |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
885 |
35524 | 886 @noindent |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
887 or like this: |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
888 |
35524 | 889 @example |
49561
c7709b58cc74
Time Stamps: template must have space between quotation marks.
Stephen Gildea <gildea@stop.mail-abuse.org>
parents:
47001
diff
changeset
|
890 Time-stamp: " " |
35524 | 891 @end example |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
892 |
68540 | 893 @findex time-stamp |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
894 Then add the hook function @code{time-stamp} to the hook |
56732
1252abee4a21
(Backup Deletion): Correct description of `delete-old-versions'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55997
diff
changeset
|
895 @code{before-save-hook}; that hook function will automatically update |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
896 the time stamp, inserting the current date and time when you save the |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
897 file. You can also use the command @kbd{M-x time-stamp} to update the |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
898 time stamp manually. For other customizations, see the Custom group |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
899 @code{time-stamp}. Note that non-numeric fields in the time stamp are |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
900 formatted according to your locale setting (@pxref{Environment}). |
35524 | 901 |
25829 | 902 @node Reverting |
903 @section Reverting a Buffer | |
904 @findex revert-buffer | |
905 @cindex drastic changes | |
36547
4dff107cf2a1
(Reverting): Add an index entry "reread a file".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36402
diff
changeset
|
906 @cindex reread a file |
25829 | 907 |
908 If you have made extensive changes to a file and then change your mind | |
909 about them, you can get rid of them by reading in the previous version | |
910 of the file. To do this, use @kbd{M-x revert-buffer}, which operates on | |
911 the current buffer. Since reverting a buffer unintentionally could lose | |
912 a lot of work, you must confirm this command with @kbd{yes}. | |
913 | |
54683
9ded73128160
(Reverting): Correct description of revert-buffer's handling of point.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
53633
diff
changeset
|
914 @code{revert-buffer} tries to position point in such a way that, if |
9ded73128160
(Reverting): Correct description of revert-buffer's handling of point.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
53633
diff
changeset
|
915 the file was edited only slightly, you will be at approximately the |
9ded73128160
(Reverting): Correct description of revert-buffer's handling of point.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
53633
diff
changeset
|
916 same piece of text after reverting as before. However, if you have made |
9ded73128160
(Reverting): Correct description of revert-buffer's handling of point.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
53633
diff
changeset
|
917 drastic changes, point may wind up in a totally different piece of text. |
25829 | 918 |
919 Reverting marks the buffer as ``not modified'' until another change is | |
920 made. | |
921 | |
922 Some kinds of buffers whose contents reflect data bases other than files, | |
923 such as Dired buffers, can also be reverted. For them, reverting means | |
924 recalculating their contents from the appropriate data base. Buffers | |
925 created explicitly with @kbd{C-x b} cannot be reverted; @code{revert-buffer} | |
926 reports an error when asked to do so. | |
927 | |
928 @vindex revert-without-query | |
929 When you edit a file that changes automatically and frequently---for | |
930 example, a log of output from a process that continues to run---it may be | |
931 useful for Emacs to revert the file without querying you, whenever you | |
932 visit the file again with @kbd{C-x C-f}. | |
933 | |
934 To request this behavior, set the variable @code{revert-without-query} | |
935 to a list of regular expressions. When a file name matches one of these | |
936 regular expressions, @code{find-file} and @code{revert-buffer} will | |
937 revert it automatically if it has changed---provided the buffer itself | |
938 is not modified. (If you have edited the text, it would be wrong to | |
939 discard your changes.) | |
940 | |
36874 | 941 @cindex Global Auto-Revert mode |
942 @cindex mode, Global Auto-Revert | |
943 @cindex Auto-Revert mode | |
944 @cindex mode, Auto-Revert | |
945 @findex global-auto-revert-mode | |
946 @findex auto-revert-mode | |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
947 @findex auto-revert-tail-mode |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
948 |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
949 You may find it useful to have Emacs revert files automatically when |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
950 they change. Three minor modes are available to do this. |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
951 |
68540 | 952 @kbd{M-x global-auto-revert-mode} enables Global Auto-Revert mode, |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
953 which periodically checks all file buffers and reverts when the |
68540 | 954 corresponding file has changed. @kbd{M-x auto-revert-mode} enables a |
955 local version, Auto-Revert mode, which applies only to the current | |
956 buffer. | |
957 | |
958 You can use Auto-Revert mode to ``tail'' a file such as a system | |
959 log, so that changes made to that file by other programs are | |
960 continuously displayed. To do this, just move the point to the end of | |
961 the buffer, and it will stay there as the file contents change. | |
962 However, if you are sure that the file will only change by growing at | |
963 the end, use Auto-Revert Tail mode instead | |
68556
e40499829b14
(File Names): Fix @xref.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
68541
diff
changeset
|
964 (@code{auto-revert-tail-mode}). It is more efficient for this. |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
965 |
36874 | 966 @vindex auto-revert-interval |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
967 The variable @code{auto-revert-interval} controls how often to check |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
968 for a changed file. Since checking a remote file is too slow, these |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
969 modes do not check or revert remote files. |
36874 | 970 |
68540 | 971 @xref{VC Mode Line}, for Auto Revert peculiarities in buffers that |
61197
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
972 visit files under version control. |
60951
12780efcd4fc
(Reverting): Document auto-revert-check-vc-info.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60792
diff
changeset
|
973 |
25829 | 974 @node Auto Save |
975 @section Auto-Saving: Protection Against Disasters | |
976 @cindex Auto Save mode | |
977 @cindex mode, Auto Save | |
978 @cindex crashes | |
979 | |
980 Emacs saves all the visited files from time to time (based on counting | |
981 your keystrokes) without being asked. This is called @dfn{auto-saving}. | |
982 It prevents you from losing more than a limited amount of work if the | |
983 system crashes. | |
984 | |
68540 | 985 When Emacs determines that it is time for auto-saving, it considers |
986 each buffer, and each is auto-saved if auto-saving is enabled for it | |
987 and it has been changed since the last time it was auto-saved. The | |
988 message @samp{Auto-saving...} is displayed in the echo area during | |
989 auto-saving, if any files are actually auto-saved. Errors occurring | |
990 during auto-saving are caught so that they do not interfere with the | |
991 execution of commands you have been typing. | |
25829 | 992 |
993 @menu | |
994 * Files: Auto Save Files. The file where auto-saved changes are | |
995 actually made until you save the file. | |
996 * Control: Auto Save Control. Controlling when and how often to auto-save. | |
997 * Recover:: Recovering text from auto-save files. | |
998 @end menu | |
999 | |
1000 @node Auto Save Files | |
1001 @subsection Auto-Save Files | |
1002 | |
1003 Auto-saving does not normally save in the files that you visited, because | |
1004 it can be very undesirable to save a program that is in an inconsistent | |
1005 state when you have made half of a planned change. Instead, auto-saving | |
1006 is done in a different file called the @dfn{auto-save file}, and the | |
1007 visited file is changed only when you request saving explicitly (such as | |
1008 with @kbd{C-x C-s}). | |
1009 | |
1010 Normally, the auto-save file name is made by appending @samp{#} to the | |
1011 front and rear of the visited file name. Thus, a buffer visiting file | |
1012 @file{foo.c} is auto-saved in a file @file{#foo.c#}. Most buffers that | |
1013 are not visiting files are auto-saved only if you request it explicitly; | |
1014 when they are auto-saved, the auto-save file name is made by appending | |
43682
02ff23017427
Update how auto-save file names are made for non-file buffers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42433
diff
changeset
|
1015 @samp{#} to the front and rear of buffer name, then |
02ff23017427
Update how auto-save file names are made for non-file buffers.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42433
diff
changeset
|
1016 adding digits and letters at the end for uniqueness. For |
25829 | 1017 example, the @samp{*mail*} buffer in which you compose messages to be |
56732
1252abee4a21
(Backup Deletion): Correct description of `delete-old-versions'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55997
diff
changeset
|
1018 sent might be auto-saved in a file named @file{#*mail*#704juu}. Auto-save file |
25829 | 1019 names are made this way unless you reprogram parts of Emacs to do |
1020 something different (the functions @code{make-auto-save-file-name} and | |
1021 @code{auto-save-file-name-p}). The file name to be used for auto-saving | |
1022 in a buffer is calculated when auto-saving is turned on in that buffer. | |
1023 | |
44717
1fdf19dbc2e8
(Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
44588
diff
changeset
|
1024 @cindex auto-save for remote files |
1fdf19dbc2e8
(Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
44588
diff
changeset
|
1025 @vindex auto-save-file-name-transforms |
46212
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
1026 The variable @code{auto-save-file-name-transforms} allows a degree |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
1027 of control over the auto-save file name. It lets you specify a series |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
1028 of regular expressions and replacements to transform the auto save |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
1029 file name. The default value puts the auto-save files for remote |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
1030 files (@pxref{Remote Files}) into the temporary file directory on the |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
1031 local machine. |
44717
1fdf19dbc2e8
(Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
44588
diff
changeset
|
1032 |
25829 | 1033 When you delete a substantial part of the text in a large buffer, auto |
1034 save turns off temporarily in that buffer. This is because if you | |
1035 deleted the text unintentionally, you might find the auto-save file more | |
1036 useful if it contains the deleted text. To reenable auto-saving after | |
1037 this happens, save the buffer with @kbd{C-x C-s}, or use @kbd{C-u 1 M-x | |
56732
1252abee4a21
(Backup Deletion): Correct description of `delete-old-versions'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55997
diff
changeset
|
1038 auto-save-mode}. |
25829 | 1039 |
1040 @vindex auto-save-visited-file-name | |
38739 | 1041 If you want auto-saving to be done in the visited file rather than |
1042 in a separate auto-save file, set the variable | |
1043 @code{auto-save-visited-file-name} to a non-@code{nil} value. In this | |
1044 mode, there is no real difference between auto-saving and explicit | |
1045 saving. | |
25829 | 1046 |
1047 @vindex delete-auto-save-files | |
1048 A buffer's auto-save file is deleted when you save the buffer in its | |
68540 | 1049 visited file. (You can inhibit this by setting the variable |
1050 @code{delete-auto-save-files} to @code{nil}.) Changing the visited | |
1051 file name with @kbd{C-x C-w} or @code{set-visited-file-name} renames | |
1052 any auto-save file to go with the new visited name. | |
25829 | 1053 |
1054 @node Auto Save Control | |
1055 @subsection Controlling Auto-Saving | |
1056 | |
1057 @vindex auto-save-default | |
1058 @findex auto-save-mode | |
1059 Each time you visit a file, auto-saving is turned on for that file's | |
1060 buffer if the variable @code{auto-save-default} is non-@code{nil} (but not | |
1061 in batch mode; @pxref{Entering Emacs}). The default for this variable is | |
1062 @code{t}, so auto-saving is the usual practice for file-visiting buffers. | |
1063 Auto-saving can be turned on or off for any existing buffer with the | |
1064 command @kbd{M-x auto-save-mode}. Like other minor mode commands, @kbd{M-x | |
1065 auto-save-mode} turns auto-saving on with a positive argument, off with a | |
1066 zero or negative argument; with no argument, it toggles. | |
1067 | |
1068 @vindex auto-save-interval | |
1069 Emacs does auto-saving periodically based on counting how many characters | |
1070 you have typed since the last time auto-saving was done. The variable | |
1071 @code{auto-save-interval} specifies how many characters there are between | |
40682
e9a06f7efd3f
(Auto Save Control): Document that values of auto-save-interval less
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39263
diff
changeset
|
1072 auto-saves. By default, it is 300. Emacs doesn't accept values that are |
e9a06f7efd3f
(Auto Save Control): Document that values of auto-save-interval less
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39263
diff
changeset
|
1073 too small: if you customize @code{auto-save-interval} to a value less |
e9a06f7efd3f
(Auto Save Control): Document that values of auto-save-interval less
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
39263
diff
changeset
|
1074 than 20, Emacs will behave as if the value is 20. |
25829 | 1075 |
1076 @vindex auto-save-timeout | |
1077 Auto-saving also takes place when you stop typing for a while. The | |
1078 variable @code{auto-save-timeout} says how many seconds Emacs should | |
1079 wait before it does an auto save (and perhaps also a garbage | |
1080 collection). (The actual time period is longer if the current buffer is | |
1081 long; this is a heuristic which aims to keep out of your way when you | |
1082 are editing long buffers, in which auto-save takes an appreciable amount | |
1083 of time.) Auto-saving during idle periods accomplishes two things: | |
1084 first, it makes sure all your work is saved if you go away from the | |
1085 terminal for a while; second, it may avoid some auto-saving while you | |
1086 are actually typing. | |
1087 | |
1088 Emacs also does auto-saving whenever it gets a fatal error. This | |
1089 includes killing the Emacs job with a shell command such as @samp{kill | |
1090 %emacs}, or disconnecting a phone line or network connection. | |
1091 | |
1092 @findex do-auto-save | |
1093 You can request an auto-save explicitly with the command @kbd{M-x | |
1094 do-auto-save}. | |
1095 | |
1096 @node Recover | |
1097 @subsection Recovering Data from Auto-Saves | |
1098 | |
1099 @findex recover-file | |
1100 You can use the contents of an auto-save file to recover from a loss | |
1101 of data with the command @kbd{M-x recover-file @key{RET} @var{file} | |
1102 @key{RET}}. This visits @var{file} and then (after your confirmation) | |
1103 restores the contents from its auto-save file @file{#@var{file}#}. | |
1104 You can then save with @kbd{C-x C-s} to put the recovered text into | |
1105 @var{file} itself. For example, to recover file @file{foo.c} from its | |
1106 auto-save file @file{#foo.c#}, do:@refill | |
1107 | |
1108 @example | |
1109 M-x recover-file @key{RET} foo.c @key{RET} | |
1110 yes @key{RET} | |
1111 C-x C-s | |
1112 @end example | |
1113 | |
1114 Before asking for confirmation, @kbd{M-x recover-file} displays a | |
1115 directory listing describing the specified file and the auto-save file, | |
1116 so you can compare their sizes and dates. If the auto-save file | |
1117 is older, @kbd{M-x recover-file} does not offer to read it. | |
1118 | |
1119 @findex recover-session | |
1120 If Emacs or the computer crashes, you can recover all the files you | |
1121 were editing from their auto save files with the command @kbd{M-x | |
1122 recover-session}. This first shows you a list of recorded interrupted | |
1123 sessions. Move point to the one you choose, and type @kbd{C-c C-c}. | |
1124 | |
1125 Then @code{recover-session} asks about each of the files that were | |
1126 being edited during that session, asking whether to recover that file. | |
1127 If you answer @kbd{y}, it calls @code{recover-file}, which works in its | |
1128 normal fashion. It shows the dates of the original file and its | |
1129 auto-save file, and asks once again whether to recover that file. | |
1130 | |
1131 When @code{recover-session} is done, the files you've chosen to | |
1132 recover are present in Emacs buffers. You should then save them. Only | |
1133 this---saving them---updates the files themselves. | |
1134 | |
1135 @vindex auto-save-list-file-prefix | |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1136 Emacs records interrupted sessions for later recovery in files named |
44327
1e166973cd8b
Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44143
diff
changeset
|
1137 @file{~/.emacs.d/auto-save-list/.saves-@var{pid}-@var{hostname}}. All |
1e166973cd8b
Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44143
diff
changeset
|
1138 of this name except @file{@var{pid}-@var{hostname}} comes from the |
1e166973cd8b
Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44143
diff
changeset
|
1139 value of @code{auto-save-list-file-prefix}. You can record sessions |
1e166973cd8b
Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44143
diff
changeset
|
1140 in a different place by customizing that variable. If you set |
1e166973cd8b
Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44143
diff
changeset
|
1141 @code{auto-save-list-file-prefix} to @code{nil} in your @file{.emacs} |
1e166973cd8b
Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44143
diff
changeset
|
1142 file, sessions are not recorded for recovery. |
25829 | 1143 |
1144 @node File Aliases | |
1145 @section File Name Aliases | |
52575
3a79db508c6c
(File Aliases, Misc File Ops): Add @cindex entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1146 @cindex symbolic links (visiting) |
3a79db508c6c
(File Aliases, Misc File Ops): Add @cindex entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
1147 @cindex hard links (visiting) |
25829 | 1148 |
1149 Symbolic links and hard links both make it possible for several file | |
1150 names to refer to the same file. Hard links are alternate names that | |
1151 refer directly to the file; all the names are equally valid, and no one | |
1152 of them is preferred. By contrast, a symbolic link is a kind of defined | |
1153 alias: when @file{foo} is a symbolic link to @file{bar}, you can use | |
1154 either name to refer to the file, but @file{bar} is the real name, while | |
1155 @file{foo} is just an alias. More complex cases occur when symbolic | |
1156 links point to directories. | |
1157 | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49561
diff
changeset
|
1158 @vindex find-file-existing-other-name |
38922
526466ad5a06
(File Aliases): Document find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38870
diff
changeset
|
1159 @vindex find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings |
68310
7badc603f7ab
(File Aliases): Don't claim that usually separate buffers are created for two
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67707
diff
changeset
|
1160 |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1161 Normally, if you visit a file which Emacs is already visiting under |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1162 a different name, Emacs displays a message in the echo area and uses |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1163 the existing buffer visiting that file. This can happen on systems |
68310
7badc603f7ab
(File Aliases): Don't claim that usually separate buffers are created for two
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67707
diff
changeset
|
1164 that support hard or symbolic links, or if you use a long file name on |
7badc603f7ab
(File Aliases): Don't claim that usually separate buffers are created for two
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67707
diff
changeset
|
1165 a system that truncates long file names, or on a case-insensitive file |
7badc603f7ab
(File Aliases): Don't claim that usually separate buffers are created for two
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67707
diff
changeset
|
1166 system. You can suppress the message by setting the variable |
7badc603f7ab
(File Aliases): Don't claim that usually separate buffers are created for two
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67707
diff
changeset
|
1167 @code{find-file-suppress-same-file-warnings} to a non-@code{nil} |
7badc603f7ab
(File Aliases): Don't claim that usually separate buffers are created for two
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67707
diff
changeset
|
1168 value. You can disable this feature entirely by setting the variable |
7badc603f7ab
(File Aliases): Don't claim that usually separate buffers are created for two
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67707
diff
changeset
|
1169 @code{find-file-existing-other-name} to @code{nil}: then if you visit |
7badc603f7ab
(File Aliases): Don't claim that usually separate buffers are created for two
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67707
diff
changeset
|
1170 the same file under two different names, you get a separate buffer for |
7badc603f7ab
(File Aliases): Don't claim that usually separate buffers are created for two
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
67707
diff
changeset
|
1171 each file name. |
25829 | 1172 |
1173 @vindex find-file-visit-truename | |
1174 @cindex truenames of files | |
1175 @cindex file truenames | |
1176 If the variable @code{find-file-visit-truename} is non-@code{nil}, | |
1177 then the file name recorded for a buffer is the file's @dfn{truename} | |
1178 (made by replacing all symbolic links with their target names), rather | |
1179 than the name you specify. Setting @code{find-file-visit-truename} also | |
1180 implies the effect of @code{find-file-existing-other-name}. | |
1181 | |
1182 @node Version Control | |
1183 @section Version Control | |
1184 @cindex version control | |
1185 | |
1186 @dfn{Version control systems} are packages that can record multiple | |
1187 versions of a source file, usually storing the unchanged parts of the | |
1188 file just once. Version control systems also record history information | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49561
diff
changeset
|
1189 such as the creation time of each version, who created it, and a |
25829 | 1190 description of what was changed in that version. |
1191 | |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1192 The Emacs version control interface is called VC. Its commands work |
58112
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1193 with different version control systems---currently, it supports CVS, |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1194 GNU Arch, RCS, Meta-CVS, Subversion, and SCCS. Of these, the GNU |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1195 project distributes CVS, GNU Arch, and RCS; we recommend that you use |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1196 either CVS or GNU Arch for your projects, and RCS for individual |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1197 files. We also have free software to replace SCCS, known as CSSC; if |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1198 you are using SCCS and don't want to make the incompatible change to |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1199 RCS or CVS, you can switch to CSSC. |
25829 | 1200 |
53244 | 1201 VC is enabled by default in Emacs. To disable it, set the |
1202 customizable variable @code{vc-handled-backends} to @code{nil} | |
1203 (@pxref{Customizing VC}). | |
1204 | |
25829 | 1205 @menu |
1206 * Introduction to VC:: How version control works in general. | |
42338
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1207 * VC Mode Line:: How the mode line shows version control status. |
25829 | 1208 * Basic VC Editing:: How to edit a file under version control. |
1209 * Old Versions:: Examining and comparing old versions. | |
1210 * Secondary VC Commands:: The commands used a little less frequently. | |
1211 * Branches:: Multiple lines of development. | |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1212 * Remote Repositories:: Efficient access to remote CVS servers. |
25829 | 1213 * Snapshots:: Sets of file versions treated as a unit. |
1214 * Miscellaneous VC:: Various other commands and features of VC. | |
1215 * Customizing VC:: Variables that change VC's behavior. | |
1216 @end menu | |
1217 | |
1218 @node Introduction to VC | |
1219 @subsection Introduction to Version Control | |
1220 | |
1221 VC allows you to use a version control system from within Emacs, | |
1222 integrating the version control operations smoothly with editing. VC | |
1223 provides a uniform interface to version control, so that regardless of | |
1224 which version control system is in use, you can use it the same way. | |
1225 | |
1226 This section provides a general overview of version control, and | |
1227 describes the version control systems that VC supports. You can skip | |
1228 this section if you are already familiar with the version control system | |
1229 you want to use. | |
1230 | |
1231 @menu | |
1232 * Version Systems:: Supported version control back-end systems. | |
1233 * VC Concepts:: Words and concepts related to version control. | |
42327
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1234 * Types of Log File:: The per-file VC log in contrast to the ChangeLog. |
25829 | 1235 @end menu |
1236 | |
1237 @node Version Systems | |
1238 @subsubsection Supported Version Control Systems | |
1239 | |
1240 @cindex back end (version control) | |
58112
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1241 VC currently works with six different version control systems or |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1242 ``back ends'': CVS, GNU Arch, RCS, Meta-CVS, Subversion, and SCCS. |
25829 | 1243 |
1244 @cindex CVS | |
58112
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1245 CVS is a free version control system that is used for the majority |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1246 of free software projects today. It allows concurrent multi-user |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1247 development either locally or over the network. Some of its |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1248 shortcomings, corrected by newer systems such as GNU Arch, are that it |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1249 lacks atomic commits or support for renaming files. VC supports all |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1250 basic editing operations under CVS, but for some less common tasks you |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1251 still need to call CVS from the command line. Note also that before |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1252 using CVS you must set up a repository, which is a subject too complex |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1253 to treat here. |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1254 |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1255 @cindex GNU Arch |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1256 @cindex Arch |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1257 GNU Arch is a new version control system that is designed for |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1258 distributed work. It differs in many ways from old well-known |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1259 systems, such as CVS and RCS. It supports different transports for |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1260 interoperating between users, offline operations, and it has good |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1261 branching and merging features. It also supports atomic commits, and |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1262 history of file renaming and moving. VC does not support all |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1263 operations provided by GNU Arch, so you must sometimes invoke it from |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1264 the command line, or use a specialized module. |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1265 |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1266 @cindex RCS |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1267 RCS is the free version control system around which VC was initially |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1268 built. The VC commands are therefore conceptually closest to RCS. |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1269 Almost everything you can do with RCS can be done through VC. You |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1270 cannot use RCS over the network though, and it only works at the level |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1271 of individual files, rather than projects. You should use it if you |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1272 want a simple, yet reliable tool for handling individual files. |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1273 |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1274 @cindex SVN |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1275 @cindex Subversion |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1276 Subversion is a free version control system designed to be similar |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1277 to CVS but without CVS's problems. Subversion supports atomic commits, |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1278 and versions directories, symbolic links, meta-data, renames, copies, |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1279 and deletes. It can be used via http or via its own protocol. |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1280 |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1281 @cindex MCVS |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1282 @cindex Meta-CVS |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
1283 Meta-CVS is another attempt to solve problems arising in CVS. It |
58112
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1284 supports directory structure versioning, improved branching and |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1285 merging, and use of symbolic links and meta-data in repositories. |
25829 | 1286 |
1287 @cindex SCCS | |
1288 SCCS is a proprietary but widely used version control system. In | |
58112
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1289 terms of capabilities, it is the weakest of the six that VC supports. |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1290 VC compensates for certain features missing in SCCS (snapshots, for |
6b135de9eb2c
Rewrite the introduction about version systems, mentioning the new
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
57404
diff
changeset
|
1291 example) by implementing them itself, but some other VC features, such |
68540 | 1292 as multiple branches, are not available with SCCS. Since SCCS is |
1293 non-free, not respecting its users freedom,d, you should not use it; | |
1294 use its free replacement CSSC instead. But you should use CSSC only | |
1295 if for some reason you cannot use RCS, or one of the higher-level | |
1296 systems such as CVS or GNU Arch. | |
25829 | 1297 |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1298 In the following, we discuss mainly RCS, SCCS and CVS. Nearly |
66179
6c8bcb760760
* files.texi (Version Systems): Capitalize GNU.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
65535
diff
changeset
|
1299 everything said about CVS applies to GNU Arch, Subversion and Meta-CVS |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1300 as well. |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1301 |
25829 | 1302 @node VC Concepts |
1303 @subsubsection Concepts of Version Control | |
1304 | |
1305 @cindex master file | |
1306 @cindex registered file | |
1307 When a file is under version control, we also say that it is | |
1308 @dfn{registered} in the version control system. Each registered file | |
1309 has a corresponding @dfn{master file} which represents the file's | |
1310 present state plus its change history---enough to reconstruct the | |
1311 current version or any earlier version. Usually the master file also | |
1312 records a @dfn{log entry} for each version, describing in words what was | |
1313 changed in that version. | |
1314 | |
1315 @cindex work file | |
1316 @cindex checking out files | |
1317 The file that is maintained under version control is sometimes called | |
1318 the @dfn{work file} corresponding to its master file. You edit the work | |
1319 file and make changes in it, as you would with an ordinary file. (With | |
1320 SCCS and RCS, you must @dfn{lock} the file before you start to edit it.) | |
1321 After you are done with a set of changes, you @dfn{check the file in}, | |
1322 which records the changes in the master file, along with a log entry for | |
1323 them. | |
1324 | |
1325 With CVS, there are usually multiple work files corresponding to a | |
1326 single master file---often each user has his own copy. It is also | |
1327 possible to use RCS in this way, but this is not the usual way to use | |
1328 RCS. | |
1329 | |
1330 @cindex locking and version control | |
1331 A version control system typically has some mechanism to coordinate | |
1332 between users who want to change the same file. One method is | |
1333 @dfn{locking} (analogous to the locking that Emacs uses to detect | |
1334 simultaneous editing of a file, but distinct from it). The other method | |
1335 is to merge your changes with other people's changes when you check them | |
1336 in. | |
1337 | |
1338 With version control locking, work files are normally read-only so | |
1339 that you cannot change them. You ask the version control system to make | |
1340 a work file writable for you by locking it; only one user can do | |
1341 this at any given time. When you check in your changes, that unlocks | |
1342 the file, making the work file read-only again. This allows other users | |
1343 to lock the file to make further changes. SCCS always uses locking, and | |
1344 RCS normally does. | |
1345 | |
1346 The other alternative for RCS is to let each user modify the work file | |
1347 at any time. In this mode, locking is not required, but it is | |
1348 permitted; check-in is still the way to record a new version. | |
1349 | |
1350 CVS normally allows each user to modify his own copy of the work file | |
1351 at any time, but requires merging with changes from other users at | |
1352 check-in time. However, CVS can also be set up to require locking. | |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1353 (@pxref{CVS Options}). |
25829 | 1354 |
42327
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1355 @node Types of Log File |
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1356 @subsubsection Types of Log File |
42338
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1357 @cindex types of log file |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49561
diff
changeset
|
1358 @cindex log File, types of |
42338
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1359 @cindex version control log |
42327
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1360 |
60426
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1361 Projects that use a revision control system can have @emph{two} |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1362 types of log for changes. One is the per-file log maintained by the |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1363 revision control system: each time you check in a change, you must |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1364 fill out a @dfn{log entry} for the change (@pxref{Log Buffer}). This |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1365 kind of log is called the @dfn{version control log}, also the |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1366 @dfn{revision control log}, @dfn{RCS log}, or @dfn{CVS log}. |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1367 |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1368 The other kind of log is the file @file{ChangeLog} (@pxref{Change |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1369 Log}). It provides a chronological record of all changes to a large |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1370 portion of a program---typically one directory and its subdirectories. |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1371 A small program would use one @file{ChangeLog} file; a large program |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1372 may well merit a @file{ChangeLog} file in each major directory. |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1373 @xref{Change Log}. |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1374 |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1375 A project maintained with version control can use just the per-file |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1376 log, or it can use both kinds of logs. It can handle some files one |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1377 way and some files the other way. Each project has its policy, which |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1378 you should follow. |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1379 |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1380 When the policy is to use both, you typically want to write an entry |
087c96c87148
(Types of Log File): Explain how projects' methods can vary.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
59886
diff
changeset
|
1381 for each change just once, then put it into both logs. You can write |
42338
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1382 the entry in @file{ChangeLog}, then copy it to the log buffer when you |
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1383 check in the change. Or you can write the entry in the log buffer |
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1384 while checking in the change, and later use the @kbd{C-x v a} command |
8649ccc72076
Rewrite Types of Log File node.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
42327
diff
changeset
|
1385 to copy it to @file{ChangeLog} (@pxref{Change Logs and VC}). |
42327
86a0b7cc1600
Explain the difference between the per-file log maintained by the
Robert J. Chassell <bob@rattlesnake.com>
parents:
40682
diff
changeset
|
1386 |
25829 | 1387 @node VC Mode Line |
1388 @subsection Version Control and the Mode Line | |
1389 | |
1390 When you visit a file that is under version control, Emacs indicates | |
1391 this on the mode line. For example, @samp{RCS-1.3} says that RCS is | |
1392 used for that file, and the current version is 1.3. | |
1393 | |
1394 The character between the back-end name and the version number | |
1395 indicates the version control status of the file. @samp{-} means that | |
1396 the work file is not locked (if locking is in use), or not modified (if | |
1397 locking is not in use). @samp{:} indicates that the file is locked, or | |
1398 that it is modified. If the file is locked by some other user (for | |
1399 instance, @samp{jim}), that is displayed as @samp{RCS:jim:1.3}. | |
1400 | |
61197
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1401 @vindex auto-revert-check-vc-info |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1402 When Auto Revert mode (@pxref{Reverting}) reverts a buffer that is |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1403 under version control, it updates the version control information in |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1404 the mode line. However, Auto Revert mode may not properly update this |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1405 information if the version control status changes without changes to |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1406 the work file, from outside the current Emacs session. If you set |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1407 @code{auto-revert-check-vc-info} to @code{t}, Auto Revert mode updates |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1408 the version control status information every |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1409 @code{auto-revert-interval} seconds, even if the work file itself is |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1410 unchanged. The resulting CPU usage depends on the version control |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1411 system, but is usually not excessive. |
188e0bfcbc42
(Reverting): Move `auto-revert-check-vc-info' to `VC Mode Line' and
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
61046
diff
changeset
|
1412 |
25829 | 1413 @node Basic VC Editing |
1414 @subsection Basic Editing under Version Control | |
1415 | |
1416 The principal VC command is an all-purpose command that performs | |
1417 either locking or check-in, depending on the situation. | |
1418 | |
1419 @table @kbd | |
1420 @itemx C-x v v | |
1421 Perform the next logical version control operation on this file. | |
1422 @end table | |
1423 | |
1424 @findex vc-next-action | |
1425 @kindex C-x v v | |
1426 The precise action of this command depends on the state of the file, | |
1427 and whether the version control system uses locking or not. SCCS and | |
1428 RCS normally use locking; CVS normally does not use locking. | |
1429 | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1430 @findex vc-toggle-read-only |
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1431 @kindex C-x C-q @r{(Version Control)} |
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1432 As a special convenience that is particularly useful for files with |
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1433 locking, you can let Emacs check a file in or out whenever you change |
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1434 its read-only flag. This means, for example, that you cannot |
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1435 accidentally edit a file without properly checking it out first. To |
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1436 achieve this, bind the key @kbd{C-x C-q} to @kbd{vc-toggle-read-only} |
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1437 in your @file{~/.emacs} file. (@xref{Init Rebinding}.) |
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1438 |
25829 | 1439 @menu |
1440 * VC with Locking:: RCS in its default mode, SCCS, and optionally CVS. | |
1441 * Without Locking:: Without locking: default mode for CVS. | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1442 * Advanced C-x v v:: Advanced features available with a prefix argument. |
25829 | 1443 * Log Buffer:: Features available in log entry buffers. |
1444 @end menu | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49561
diff
changeset
|
1445 |
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49561
diff
changeset
|
1446 @node VC with Locking |
25829 | 1447 @subsubsection Basic Version Control with Locking |
1448 | |
1449 If locking is used for the file (as with SCCS, and RCS in its default | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1450 mode), @kbd{C-x v v} can either lock a file or check it in: |
25829 | 1451 |
1452 @itemize @bullet | |
1453 @item | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1454 If the file is not locked, @kbd{C-x v v} locks it, and |
25829 | 1455 makes it writable so that you can change it. |
1456 | |
1457 @item | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1458 If the file is locked by you, and contains changes, @kbd{C-x v v} checks |
25829 | 1459 in the changes. In order to do this, it first reads the log entry |
1460 for the new version. @xref{Log Buffer}. | |
1461 | |
1462 @item | |
1463 If the file is locked by you, but you have not changed it since you | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1464 locked it, @kbd{C-x v v} releases the lock and makes the file read-only |
25829 | 1465 again. |
1466 | |
1467 @item | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1468 If the file is locked by some other user, @kbd{C-x v v} asks you whether |
25829 | 1469 you want to ``steal the lock'' from that user. If you say yes, the file |
1470 becomes locked by you, but a message is sent to the person who had | |
1471 formerly locked the file, to inform him of what has happened. | |
1472 @end itemize | |
1473 | |
1474 These rules also apply when you use CVS in locking mode, except | |
1475 that there is no such thing as stealing a lock. | |
1476 | |
1477 @node Without Locking | |
1478 @subsubsection Basic Version Control without Locking | |
1479 | |
1480 When there is no locking---the default for CVS---work files are always | |
1481 writable; you do not need to do anything before you begin to edit a | |
1482 file. The status indicator on the mode line is @samp{-} if the file is | |
1483 unmodified; it flips to @samp{:} as soon as you save any changes in the | |
1484 work file. | |
1485 | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1486 Here is what @kbd{C-x v v} does when using CVS: |
25829 | 1487 |
1488 @itemize @bullet | |
1489 @item | |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1490 If some other user has checked in changes into the master file, Emacs |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1491 asks you whether you want to merge those changes into your own work |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1492 file. You must do this before you can check in your own changes. (To |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1493 pick up any recent changes from the master file @emph{without} trying |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1494 to commit your own changes, type @kbd{C-x v m @key{RET}}.) |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1495 @xref{Merging}. |
25829 | 1496 |
1497 @item | |
1498 If there are no new changes in the master file, but you have made | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1499 modifications in your work file, @kbd{C-x v v} checks in your changes. |
25829 | 1500 In order to do this, it first reads the log entry for the new version. |
1501 @xref{Log Buffer}. | |
1502 | |
1503 @item | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1504 If the file is not modified, the @kbd{C-x v v} does nothing. |
25829 | 1505 @end itemize |
1506 | |
1507 These rules also apply when you use RCS in the mode that does not | |
1508 require locking, except that automatic merging of changes from the | |
1509 master file is not implemented. Unfortunately, this means that nothing | |
1510 informs you if another user has checked in changes in the same file | |
1511 since you began editing it, and when this happens, his changes will be | |
1512 effectively removed when you check in your version (though they will | |
1513 remain in the master file, so they will not be entirely lost). You must | |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1514 therefore verify that the current version is unchanged, before you |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1515 check in your changes. We hope to eliminate this risk and provide |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1516 automatic merging with RCS in a future Emacs version. |
25829 | 1517 |
1518 In addition, locking is possible with RCS even in this mode, although | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1519 it is not required; @kbd{C-x v v} with an unmodified file locks the |
25829 | 1520 file, just as it does with RCS in its normal (locking) mode. |
1521 | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1522 @node Advanced C-x v v |
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1523 @subsubsection Advanced Control in @kbd{C-x v v} |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1524 |
44588 | 1525 @cindex version number to check in/out |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1526 When you give a prefix argument to @code{vc-next-action} (@kbd{C-u |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1527 C-x v v}), it still performs the next logical version control |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1528 operation, but accepts additional arguments to specify precisely how |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1529 to do the operation. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1530 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1531 @itemize @bullet |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1532 @item |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1533 If the file is modified (or locked), you can specify the version |
38739 | 1534 number to use for the new version that you check in. This is one way |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1535 to create a new branch (@pxref{Branches}). |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1536 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1537 @item |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1538 If the file is not modified (and unlocked), you can specify the |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1539 version to select; this lets you start working from an older version, |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1540 or on another branch. If you do not enter any version, that takes you |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1541 to the highest version on the current branch; therefore @kbd{C-u C-x |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1542 v v @key{RET}} is a convenient way to get the latest version of a file from |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1543 the repository. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1544 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1545 @item |
44588 | 1546 @cindex specific version control system |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1547 Instead of the version number, you can also specify the name of a |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1548 version control system. This is useful when one file is being managed |
38739 | 1549 with two version control systems at the same time (@pxref{Local |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1550 Version Control}). |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1551 @end itemize |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1552 |
25829 | 1553 @node Log Buffer |
1554 @subsubsection Features of the Log Entry Buffer | |
1555 | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1556 When you check in changes, @kbd{C-x v v} first reads a log entry. It |
25829 | 1557 pops up a buffer called @samp{*VC-Log*} for you to enter the log entry. |
62784
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1558 |
68540 | 1559 Sometimes the @samp{*VC-Log*} buffer contains default text when you enter it, |
62784
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1560 typically the last log message entered. If it does, mark and point |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1561 are set around the entire contents of the buffer so that it is easy to |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1562 kill the contents of the buffer with @kbd{C-w}. |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1563 |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1564 @findex log-edit-insert-changelog |
68540 | 1565 If you work by writing entries in the @file{ChangeLog} |
62784
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1566 (@pxref{Change Log}) and then commit the change under revision |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1567 control, you can generate the Log Edit text from the ChangeLog using |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1568 @kbd{C-c C-a} (@kbd{log-edit-insert-changelog}). This looks for |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1569 entries for the file(s) concerned in the top entry in the ChangeLog |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1570 and uses those paragraphs as the log text. This text is only inserted |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1571 if the top entry was made under your user name on the current date. |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1572 @xref{Change Logs and VC}, for the opposite way of |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1573 working---generating ChangeLog entries from the revision control log. |
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1574 |
68540 | 1575 In the @samp{*VC-Log*} buffer, @kbd{C-c C-f} (@kbd{M-x log-edit-show-files}) |
62784
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1576 shows the list of files to be committed in case you need to check |
63149
6ee6dddcf556
(Log Buffer): Document when there can be more than one file to be committed.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62784
diff
changeset
|
1577 that. (This can be a list of more than one file if you use VC Dired |
6ee6dddcf556
(Log Buffer): Document when there can be more than one file to be committed.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62784
diff
changeset
|
1578 mode or PCL-CVS. @xref{VC Dired Mode}, and @ref{Top, , About PCL-CVS, |
6ee6dddcf556
(Log Buffer): Document when there can be more than one file to be committed.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
62784
diff
changeset
|
1579 pcl-cvs, PCL-CVS --- The Emacs Front-End to CVS}.) |
62784
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1580 |
68540 | 1581 When you have finished editing the log message, type @kbd{C-c C-c} to |
62784
269312974c2f
(Log Buffer): Merge in description of Log Edit
Nick Roberts <nickrob@snap.net.nz>
parents:
62474
diff
changeset
|
1582 exit the buffer and commit the change. |
25829 | 1583 |
1584 To abort check-in, just @strong{don't} type @kbd{C-c C-c} in that | |
1585 buffer. You can switch buffers and do other editing. As long as you | |
1586 don't try to check in another file, the entry you were editing remains | |
1587 in the @samp{*VC-Log*} buffer, and you can go back to that buffer at any | |
1588 time to complete the check-in. | |
1589 | |
1590 If you change several source files for the same reason, it is often | |
1591 convenient to specify the same log entry for many of the files. To do | |
1592 this, use the history of previous log entries. The commands @kbd{M-n}, | |
1593 @kbd{M-p}, @kbd{M-s} and @kbd{M-r} for doing this work just like the | |
1594 minibuffer history commands (except that these versions are used outside | |
1595 the minibuffer). | |
1596 | |
1597 @vindex vc-log-mode-hook | |
1598 Each time you check in a file, the log entry buffer is put into VC Log | |
1599 mode, which involves running two hooks: @code{text-mode-hook} and | |
1600 @code{vc-log-mode-hook}. @xref{Hooks}. | |
1601 | |
1602 @node Old Versions | |
1603 @subsection Examining And Comparing Old Versions | |
1604 | |
1605 One of the convenient features of version control is the ability | |
1606 to examine any version of a file, or compare two versions. | |
1607 | |
1608 @table @kbd | |
1609 @item C-x v ~ @var{version} @key{RET} | |
1610 Examine version @var{version} of the visited file, in a buffer of its | |
1611 own. | |
1612 | |
1613 @item C-x v = | |
1614 Compare the current buffer contents with the latest checked-in version | |
1615 of the file. | |
1616 | |
1617 @item C-u C-x v = @var{file} @key{RET} @var{oldvers} @key{RET} @var{newvers} @key{RET} | |
1618 Compare the specified two versions of @var{file}. | |
1619 | |
1620 @item C-x v g | |
58322
9fc5198d2147
(Old Versions): No longer document annotation as "CVS only".
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
58112
diff
changeset
|
1621 Display the file with per-line version information and using colors. |
25829 | 1622 @end table |
1623 | |
1624 @findex vc-version-other-window | |
1625 @kindex C-x v ~ | |
38739 | 1626 To examine an old version in its entirety, visit the file and then type |
25829 | 1627 @kbd{C-x v ~ @var{version} @key{RET}} (@code{vc-version-other-window}). |
1628 This puts the text of version @var{version} in a file named | |
1629 @file{@var{filename}.~@var{version}~}, and visits it in its own buffer | |
1630 in a separate window. (In RCS, you can also select an old version | |
1631 and create a branch from it. @xref{Branches}.) | |
1632 | |
1633 @findex vc-diff | |
1634 @kindex C-x v = | |
36323
7ecef0fc04b0
(Old versions): Fix "But usually is". From Nelson H. F. Beebe
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36322
diff
changeset
|
1635 It is usually more convenient to compare two versions of the file, |
25829 | 1636 with the command @kbd{C-x v =} (@code{vc-diff}). Plain @kbd{C-x v =} |
1637 compares the current buffer contents (saving them in the file if | |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1638 necessary) with the last checked-in version of the file. @kbd{C-u C-x |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1639 v =}, with a numeric argument, reads a file name and two version |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1640 numbers, then compares those versions of the specified file. Both |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1641 forms display the output in a special buffer in another window. |
25829 | 1642 |
1643 You can specify a checked-in version by its number; an empty input | |
1644 specifies the current contents of the work file (which may be different | |
1645 from all the checked-in versions). You can also specify a snapshot name | |
1646 (@pxref{Snapshots}) instead of one or both version numbers. | |
1647 | |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1648 If you supply a directory name instead of the name of a registered |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1649 file, this command compares the two specified versions of all registered |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1650 files in that directory and its subdirectories. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1651 |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1652 @vindex vc-diff-switches |
38739 | 1653 @vindex vc-rcs-diff-switches |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1654 @kbd{C-x v =} works by running a variant of the @code{diff} utility |
38739 | 1655 designed to work with the version control system in use. When you |
1656 invoke @code{diff} this way, in addition to the options specified by | |
38768
b08b8519c0ab
Fix a stale reference to "Comparing Files".
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38739
diff
changeset
|
1657 @code{diff-switches} (@pxref{Comparing Files}), it receives those |
38739 | 1658 specified by @code{vc-diff-switches}, plus those specified for the |
1659 specific back end by @code{vc-@var{backend}-diff-switches}. For | |
1660 instance, when the version control back end is RCS, @code{diff} uses | |
1661 the options in @code{vc-rcs-diff-switches}. The | |
1662 @samp{vc@dots{}diff-switches} variables are @code{nil} by default. | |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
1663 |
69205
316ca9a52405
(Old Versions): Clarify operation of C-x v =.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
68843
diff
changeset
|
1664 The buffer produced by @kbd{C-x v =} supports the commands of |
316ca9a52405
(Old Versions): Clarify operation of C-x v =.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
68843
diff
changeset
|
1665 Compilation mode (@pxref{Compilation Mode}), such as @kbd{C-x `} and |
316ca9a52405
(Old Versions): Clarify operation of C-x v =.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
68843
diff
changeset
|
1666 @kbd{C-c C-c}, in both the ``old'' and ``new'' text, and they always |
316ca9a52405
(Old Versions): Clarify operation of C-x v =.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
68843
diff
changeset
|
1667 find the corresponding locations in the current work file. (Older |
316ca9a52405
(Old Versions): Clarify operation of C-x v =.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
68843
diff
changeset
|
1668 versions are not, in general, present as files on your disk.) |
25829 | 1669 |
1670 @findex vc-annotate | |
1671 @kindex C-x v g | |
58322
9fc5198d2147
(Old Versions): No longer document annotation as "CVS only".
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
58112
diff
changeset
|
1672 For some backends, you can display the file @dfn{annotated} with |
9fc5198d2147
(Old Versions): No longer document annotation as "CVS only".
Thien-Thi Nguyen <ttn@gnuvola.org>
parents:
58112
diff
changeset
|
1673 per-line version information and using colors to enhance the visual |
64457
bb4bed090c0a
(Old Versions): Delete duplicate words.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
64154
diff
changeset
|
1674 appearance, with the command @kbd{M-x vc-annotate}. |
68540 | 1675 It creates a new buffer (the ``annotate buffer'') displaying the |
1676 file's text, with each part colored to show how old it is. Text | |
39163
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1677 colored red is new, blue means old, and intermediate colors indicate |
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1678 intermediate ages. By default, the time scale is 360 days, so that |
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1679 everything more than one year old is shown in blue. |
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1680 |
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1681 When you give a prefix argument to this command, it uses the |
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1682 minibuffer to read two arguments: which version number to display and |
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1683 annotate (instead of the current file contents), and a stretch factor |
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1684 for the time scale. A stretch factor of 0.1 means that the color |
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1685 range from red to blue spans the past 36 days instead of 360 days. A |
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1686 stretch factor greater than 1 means the color range spans more than a |
8c66ad9acae0
Clarify description of vc-annotate.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38922
diff
changeset
|
1687 year. |
25829 | 1688 |
67511
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1689 From the annotate buffer, you can use the following keys to browse the |
53633
e332688255cd
Describe new key bindings in VC Annotate mode.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
53244
diff
changeset
|
1690 annotations of past revisions, view diffs, or view log entries: |
e332688255cd
Describe new key bindings in VC Annotate mode.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
53244
diff
changeset
|
1691 |
67511
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1692 @table @kbd |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1693 @item P |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1694 Annotate the previous revision, that is to say, the revision before |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1695 the one currently annotated. A numeric prefix argument is a repeat |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1696 count, so @kbd{C-u 10 P} would take you back 10 revisions. |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1697 |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1698 @item N |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1699 Annotate the next revision---the one after the revision currently |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1700 annotated. A numeric prefix argument is a repeat count. |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1701 |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1702 @item J |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1703 Annotate the revision indicated by the current line. |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1704 |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1705 @item A |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1706 Annotate the revision before the one indicated by the current line. |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1707 This is useful to see the state the file was in before the change on |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1708 the current line was made. |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1709 |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1710 @item D |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1711 Display the diff between the current line's revision and the previous |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1712 revision. This is useful to see what the current line's revision |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1713 actually changed in the file. |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1714 |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1715 @item L |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1716 Show the log of the current line's revision. This is useful to see |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1717 the author's description of the changes in the revision on the current |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1718 line. |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1719 |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1720 @item W |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1721 Annotate the workfile version--the one you are editing. If you used |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1722 @kbd{P} and @kbd{N} to browse to other revisions, use this key to |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1723 return to the latest version. |
3251bdbd90a9
(Old Versions): Use @table.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66992
diff
changeset
|
1724 @end table |
53633
e332688255cd
Describe new key bindings in VC Annotate mode.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
53244
diff
changeset
|
1725 |
25829 | 1726 @node Secondary VC Commands |
1727 @subsection The Secondary Commands of VC | |
1728 | |
1729 This section explains the secondary commands of VC; those that you might | |
1730 use once a day. | |
1731 | |
1732 @menu | |
1733 * Registering:: Putting a file under version control. | |
1734 * VC Status:: Viewing the VC status of files. | |
56732
1252abee4a21
(Backup Deletion): Correct description of `delete-old-versions'.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
55997
diff
changeset
|
1735 * VC Undo:: Canceling changes before or after check-in. |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49561
diff
changeset
|
1736 * VC Dired Mode:: Listing files managed by version control. |
25829 | 1737 * VC Dired Commands:: Commands to use in a VC Dired buffer. |
1738 @end menu | |
1739 | |
1740 @node Registering | |
1741 @subsubsection Registering a File for Version Control | |
1742 | |
1743 @kindex C-x v i | |
1744 @findex vc-register | |
1745 You can put any file under version control by simply visiting it, and | |
1746 then typing @w{@kbd{C-x v i}} (@code{vc-register}). | |
1747 | |
1748 @table @kbd | |
1749 @item C-x v i | |
1750 Register the visited file for version control. | |
1751 @end table | |
1752 | |
1753 To register the file, Emacs must choose which version control system | |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1754 to use for it. If the file's directory already contains files |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1755 registered in a version control system, Emacs uses that system. If |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1756 there is more than one system in use for a directory, Emacs uses the one |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
1757 that appears first in @code{vc-handled-backends} (@pxref{Customizing VC}). |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
1758 On the other hand, if there are no files already registered, |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
1759 Emacs uses the first system from @code{vc-handled-backends} that could |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1760 register the file (for example, you cannot register a file under CVS if |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1761 its directory is not already part of a CVS tree); with the default |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1762 value of @code{vc-handled-backends}, this means that Emacs uses RCS in |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1763 this situation. |
25829 | 1764 |
1765 If locking is in use, @kbd{C-x v i} leaves the file unlocked and | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
1766 read-only. Type @kbd{C-x v v} if you wish to start editing it. After |
25829 | 1767 registering a file with CVS, you must subsequently commit the initial |
66992
8d812f26b1fc
(Registering): Mention @@ in mode line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66581
diff
changeset
|
1768 version by typing @kbd{C-x v v}. Until you do that, the version |
8d812f26b1fc
(Registering): Mention @@ in mode line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66581
diff
changeset
|
1769 appears as @samp{@@@@} in the mode line. |
25829 | 1770 |
1771 @vindex vc-default-init-version | |
44588 | 1772 @cindex initial version number to register |
25829 | 1773 The initial version number for a newly registered file is 1.1, by |
1774 default. You can specify a different default by setting the variable | |
1775 @code{vc-default-init-version}, or you can give @kbd{C-x v i} a numeric | |
1776 argument; then it reads the initial version number for this particular | |
1777 file using the minibuffer. | |
1778 | |
1779 @vindex vc-initial-comment | |
1780 If @code{vc-initial-comment} is non-@code{nil}, @kbd{C-x v i} reads an | |
1781 initial comment to describe the purpose of this source file. Reading | |
1782 the initial comment works like reading a log entry (@pxref{Log Buffer}). | |
1783 | |
1784 @node VC Status | |
1785 @subsubsection VC Status Commands | |
1786 | |
1787 @table @kbd | |
1788 @item C-x v l | |
1789 Display version control state and change history. | |
1790 @end table | |
1791 | |
1792 @kindex C-x v l | |
1793 @findex vc-print-log | |
1794 To view the detailed version control status and history of a file, | |
1795 type @kbd{C-x v l} (@code{vc-print-log}). It displays the history of | |
1796 changes to the current file, including the text of the log entries. The | |
67652
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1797 output appears in a separate window. The point is centered at the |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1798 revision of the file that is currently being visited. |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1799 |
68540 | 1800 In the change log buffer, you can use the following keys to move |
1801 between the logs of revisions and of files, to view past revisions, and | |
67652
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1802 to view diffs: |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1803 |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1804 @table @kbd |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1805 @item p |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1806 Move to the previous revision-item in the buffer. (Revision entries in the log |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1807 buffer are usually in reverse-chronological order, so the previous |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1808 revision-item usually corresponds to a newer revision.) A numeric |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1809 prefix argument is a repeat count. |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1810 |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1811 @item n |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1812 Move to the next revision-item (which most often corresponds to the |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1813 previous revision of the file). A numeric prefix argument is a repeat |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1814 count. |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1815 |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1816 @item P |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1817 Move to the log of the previous file, when the logs of multiple files |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1818 are in the log buffer (@pxref{VC Dired Mode}). Otherwise, just move |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1819 to the beginning of the log. A numeric prefix argument is a repeat |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1820 count, so @kbd{C-u 10 P} would move backward 10 files. |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1821 |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1822 @item N |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1823 Move to the log of the next file, when the logs of multiple files are |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1824 in the log buffer (@pxref{VC Dired Mode}). It also takes a numeric |
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1825 prefix argument as a repeat count. |
67707
05e4a3f8ac73
(VC Status): Put P and N near p and n.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67652
diff
changeset
|
1826 |
05e4a3f8ac73
(VC Status): Put P and N near p and n.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67652
diff
changeset
|
1827 @item f |
05e4a3f8ac73
(VC Status): Put P and N near p and n.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67652
diff
changeset
|
1828 Visit the revision indicated at the current line, like typing @kbd{C-x |
05e4a3f8ac73
(VC Status): Put P and N near p and n.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67652
diff
changeset
|
1829 v ~} and specifying this revision's number (@pxref{Old Versions}). |
05e4a3f8ac73
(VC Status): Put P and N near p and n.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67652
diff
changeset
|
1830 |
05e4a3f8ac73
(VC Status): Put P and N near p and n.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67652
diff
changeset
|
1831 @item d |
05e4a3f8ac73
(VC Status): Put P and N near p and n.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67652
diff
changeset
|
1832 Display the diff (@pxref{Comparing Files}) between the revision |
05e4a3f8ac73
(VC Status): Put P and N near p and n.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67652
diff
changeset
|
1833 indicated at the current line and the next earlier revision. This is |
05e4a3f8ac73
(VC Status): Put P and N near p and n.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67652
diff
changeset
|
1834 useful to see what actually changed when the revision indicated on the |
05e4a3f8ac73
(VC Status): Put P and N near p and n.
Juri Linkov <juri@jurta.org>
parents:
67652
diff
changeset
|
1835 current line was committed. |
67652
c9928598ea58
(VC Status): Document log-view mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
67511
diff
changeset
|
1836 @end table |
25829 | 1837 |
1838 @node VC Undo | |
1839 @subsubsection Undoing Version Control Actions | |
1840 | |
1841 @table @kbd | |
1842 @item C-x v u | |
1843 Revert the buffer and the file to the last checked-in version. | |
1844 | |
1845 @item C-x v c | |
1846 Remove the last-entered change from the master for the visited file. | |
1847 This undoes your last check-in. | |
1848 @end table | |
1849 | |
1850 @kindex C-x v u | |
1851 @findex vc-revert-buffer | |
1852 If you want to discard your current set of changes and revert to the | |
1853 last version checked in, use @kbd{C-x v u} (@code{vc-revert-buffer}). | |
1854 This leaves the file unlocked; if locking is in use, you must first lock | |
1855 the file again before you change it again. @kbd{C-x v u} requires | |
1856 confirmation, unless it sees that you haven't made any changes since the | |
1857 last checked-in version. | |
1858 | |
1859 @kbd{C-x v u} is also the command to unlock a file if you lock it and | |
1860 then decide not to change it. | |
1861 | |
1862 @kindex C-x v c | |
1863 @findex vc-cancel-version | |
1864 To cancel a change that you already checked in, use @kbd{C-x v c} | |
1865 (@code{vc-cancel-version}). This command discards all record of the | |
1866 most recent checked-in version. @kbd{C-x v c} also offers to revert | |
1867 your work file and buffer to the previous version (the one that precedes | |
1868 the version that is deleted). | |
1869 | |
1870 If you answer @kbd{no}, VC keeps your changes in the buffer, and locks | |
1871 the file. The no-revert option is useful when you have checked in a | |
1872 change and then discover a trivial error in it; you can cancel the | |
1873 erroneous check-in, fix the error, and check the file in again. | |
1874 | |
1875 When @kbd{C-x v c} does not revert the buffer, it unexpands all | |
1876 version control headers in the buffer instead (@pxref{Version Headers}). | |
1877 This is because the buffer no longer corresponds to any existing | |
1878 version. If you check it in again, the check-in process will expand the | |
1879 headers properly for the new version number. | |
1880 | |
1881 However, it is impossible to unexpand the RCS @samp{@w{$}Log$} header | |
1882 automatically. If you use that header feature, you have to unexpand it | |
1883 by hand---by deleting the entry for the version that you just canceled. | |
1884 | |
1885 Be careful when invoking @kbd{C-x v c}, as it is easy to lose a lot of | |
1886 work with it. To help you be careful, this command always requires | |
1887 confirmation with @kbd{yes}. Note also that this command is disabled | |
1888 under CVS, because canceling versions is very dangerous and discouraged | |
1889 with CVS. | |
1890 | |
1891 @node VC Dired Mode | |
1892 @subsubsection Dired under VC | |
1893 | |
31076 | 1894 @cindex PCL-CVS |
1895 @pindex cvs | |
1896 @cindex CVS Dired Mode | |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1897 The VC Dired Mode described here works with all the version control |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1898 systems that VC supports. Another more powerful facility, designed |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1899 specifically for CVS, is called PCL-CVS. @xref{Top, , About PCL-CVS, |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
1900 pcl-cvs, PCL-CVS --- The Emacs Front-End to CVS}. |
31076 | 1901 |
25829 | 1902 @kindex C-x v d |
1903 @findex vc-directory | |
1904 When you are working on a large program, it is often useful to find | |
1905 out which files have changed within an entire directory tree, or to view | |
1906 the status of all files under version control at once, and to perform | |
1907 version control operations on collections of files. You can use the | |
1908 command @kbd{C-x v d} (@code{vc-directory}) to make a directory listing | |
1909 that includes only files relevant for version control. | |
1910 | |
1911 @vindex vc-dired-terse-display | |
1912 @kbd{C-x v d} creates a buffer which uses VC Dired Mode. This looks | |
1913 much like an ordinary Dired buffer (@pxref{Dired}); however, normally it | |
1914 shows only the noteworthy files (those locked or not up-to-date). This | |
1915 is called @dfn{terse display}. If you set the variable | |
1916 @code{vc-dired-terse-display} to @code{nil}, then VC Dired shows all | |
1917 relevant files---those managed under version control, plus all | |
1918 subdirectories (@dfn{full display}). The command @kbd{v t} in a VC | |
1919 Dired buffer toggles between terse display and full display (@pxref{VC | |
1920 Dired Commands}). | |
1921 | |
1922 @vindex vc-dired-recurse | |
1923 By default, VC Dired produces a recursive listing of noteworthy or | |
1924 relevant files at or below the given directory. You can change this by | |
1925 setting the variable @code{vc-dired-recurse} to @code{nil}; then VC | |
1926 Dired shows only the files in the given directory. | |
1927 | |
1928 The line for an individual file shows the version control state in the | |
1929 place of the hard link count, owner, group, and size of the file. If | |
1930 the file is unmodified, in sync with the master file, the version | |
1931 control state shown is blank. Otherwise it consists of text in | |
1932 parentheses. Under RCS and SCCS, the name of the user locking the file | |
1933 is shown; under CVS, an abbreviated version of the @samp{cvs status} | |
1934 output is used. Here is an example using RCS: | |
1935 | |
1936 @smallexample | |
1937 @group | |
1938 /home/jim/project: | |
1939 | |
1940 -rw-r--r-- (jim) Apr 2 23:39 file1 | |
1941 -r--r--r-- Apr 5 20:21 file2 | |
1942 @end group | |
1943 @end smallexample | |
1944 | |
1945 @noindent | |
1946 The files @samp{file1} and @samp{file2} are under version control, | |
1947 @samp{file1} is locked by user jim, and @samp{file2} is unlocked. | |
1948 | |
1949 Here is an example using CVS: | |
1950 | |
1951 @smallexample | |
1952 @group | |
1953 /home/joe/develop: | |
1954 | |
1955 -rw-r--r-- (modified) Aug 2 1997 file1.c | |
1956 -rw-r--r-- Apr 4 20:09 file2.c | |
1957 -rw-r--r-- (merge) Sep 13 1996 file3.c | |
1958 @end group | |
1959 @end smallexample | |
1960 | |
1961 Here @samp{file1.c} is modified with respect to the repository, and | |
1962 @samp{file2.c} is not. @samp{file3.c} is modified, but other changes | |
1963 have also been checked in to the repository---you need to merge them | |
1964 with the work file before you can check it in. | |
1965 | |
1966 @vindex vc-directory-exclusion-list | |
1967 When VC Dired displays subdirectories (in the ``full'' display mode), | |
1968 it omits some that should never contain any files under version control. | |
1969 By default, this includes Version Control subdirectories such as | |
1970 @samp{RCS} and @samp{CVS}; you can customize this by setting the | |
1971 variable @code{vc-directory-exclusion-list}. | |
1972 | |
1973 You can fine-tune VC Dired's format by typing @kbd{C-u C-x v d}---as in | |
1974 ordinary Dired, that allows you to specify additional switches for the | |
1975 @samp{ls} command. | |
1976 | |
1977 @node VC Dired Commands | |
1978 @subsubsection VC Dired Commands | |
1979 | |
1980 All the usual Dired commands work normally in VC Dired mode, except | |
1981 for @kbd{v}, which is redefined as the version control prefix. You can | |
1982 invoke VC commands such as @code{vc-diff} and @code{vc-print-log} by | |
1983 typing @kbd{v =}, or @kbd{v l}, and so on. Most of these commands apply | |
1984 to the file name on the current line. | |
1985 | |
1986 The command @kbd{v v} (@code{vc-next-action}) operates on all the | |
1987 marked files, so that you can lock or check in several files at once. | |
1988 If it operates on more than one file, it handles each file according to | |
1989 its current state; thus, it might lock one file, but check in another | |
1990 file. This could be confusing; it is up to you to avoid confusing | |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1991 behavior by marking a set of files that are in a similar state. If no |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
1992 files are marked, @kbd{v v} operates on the file in the current line. |
25829 | 1993 |
1994 If any files call for check-in, @kbd{v v} reads a single log entry, | |
1995 then uses it for all the files being checked in. This is convenient for | |
1996 registering or checking in several files at once, as part of the same | |
1997 change. | |
1998 | |
1999 @findex vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode | |
2000 @findex vc-dired-mark-locked | |
2001 You can toggle between terse display (only locked files, or files not | |
2002 up-to-date) and full display at any time by typing @kbd{v t} | |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2003 (@code{vc-dired-toggle-terse-mode}). There is also a special command |
25829 | 2004 @kbd{* l} (@code{vc-dired-mark-locked}), which marks all files currently |
2005 locked (or, with CVS, all files not up-to-date). Thus, typing @kbd{* l | |
2006 t k} is another way to delete from the buffer all files except those | |
2007 currently locked. | |
2008 | |
2009 @node Branches | |
2010 @subsection Multiple Branches of a File | |
2011 @cindex branch (version control) | |
2012 @cindex trunk (version control) | |
2013 | |
2014 One use of version control is to maintain multiple ``current'' | |
2015 versions of a file. For example, you might have different versions of a | |
2016 program in which you are gradually adding various unfinished new | |
2017 features. Each such independent line of development is called a | |
2018 @dfn{branch}. VC allows you to create branches, switch between | |
2019 different branches, and merge changes from one branch to another. | |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2020 Please note, however, that branches are not supported for SCCS. |
25829 | 2021 |
2022 A file's main line of development is usually called the @dfn{trunk}. | |
2023 The versions on the trunk are normally numbered 1.1, 1.2, 1.3, etc. At | |
2024 any such version, you can start an independent branch. A branch | |
2025 starting at version 1.2 would have version number 1.2.1.1, and consecutive | |
2026 versions on this branch would have numbers 1.2.1.2, 1.2.1.3, 1.2.1.4, | |
2027 and so on. If there is a second branch also starting at version 1.2, it | |
2028 would consist of versions 1.2.2.1, 1.2.2.2, 1.2.2.3, etc. | |
2029 | |
2030 @cindex head version | |
2031 If you omit the final component of a version number, that is called a | |
2032 @dfn{branch number}. It refers to the highest existing version on that | |
2033 branch---the @dfn{head version} of that branch. The branches in the | |
2034 example above have branch numbers 1.2.1 and 1.2.2. | |
2035 | |
2036 @menu | |
2037 * Switching Branches:: How to get to another existing branch. | |
2038 * Creating Branches:: How to start a new branch. | |
2039 * Merging:: Transferring changes between branches. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49561
diff
changeset
|
2040 * Multi-User Branching:: Multiple users working at multiple branches |
25829 | 2041 in parallel. |
2042 @end menu | |
2043 | |
2044 @node Switching Branches | |
2045 @subsubsection Switching between Branches | |
2046 | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2047 To switch between branches, type @kbd{C-u C-x v v} and specify the |
25829 | 2048 version number you want to select. This version is then visited |
2049 @emph{unlocked} (write-protected), so you can examine it before locking | |
2050 it. Switching branches in this way is allowed only when the file is not | |
2051 locked. | |
2052 | |
2053 You can omit the minor version number, thus giving only the branch | |
2054 number; this takes you to the head version on the chosen branch. If you | |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2055 only type @key{RET}, Emacs goes to the highest version on the trunk. |
25829 | 2056 |
2057 After you have switched to any branch (including the main branch), you | |
2058 stay on it for subsequent VC commands, until you explicitly select some | |
2059 other branch. | |
2060 | |
2061 @node Creating Branches | |
2062 @subsubsection Creating New Branches | |
2063 | |
2064 To create a new branch from a head version (one that is the latest in | |
2065 the branch that contains it), first select that version if necessary, | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2066 lock it with @kbd{C-x v v}, and make whatever changes you want. Then, |
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2067 when you check in the changes, use @kbd{C-u C-x v v}. This lets you |
25829 | 2068 specify the version number for the new version. You should specify a |
2069 suitable branch number for a branch starting at the current version. | |
2070 For example, if the current version is 2.5, the branch number should be | |
2071 2.5.1, 2.5.2, and so on, depending on the number of existing branches at | |
2072 that point. | |
2073 | |
2074 To create a new branch at an older version (one that is no longer the | |
2075 head of a branch), first select that version (@pxref{Switching | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2076 Branches}), then lock it with @kbd{C-x v v}. You'll be asked to |
25829 | 2077 confirm, when you lock the old version, that you really mean to create a |
2078 new branch---if you say no, you'll be offered a chance to lock the | |
2079 latest version instead. | |
2080 | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2081 Then make your changes and type @kbd{C-x v v} again to check in a new |
25829 | 2082 version. This automatically creates a new branch starting from the |
2083 selected version. You need not specially request a new branch, because | |
2084 that's the only way to add a new version at a point that is not the head | |
2085 of a branch. | |
2086 | |
2087 After the branch is created, you ``stay'' on it. That means that | |
2088 subsequent check-ins create new versions on that branch. To leave the | |
2089 branch, you must explicitly select a different version with @kbd{C-u C-x | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2090 v v}. To transfer changes from one branch to another, use the merge |
25829 | 2091 command, described in the next section. |
2092 | |
2093 @node Merging | |
2094 @subsubsection Merging Branches | |
2095 | |
2096 @cindex merging changes | |
2097 When you have finished the changes on a certain branch, you will | |
2098 often want to incorporate them into the file's main line of development | |
2099 (the trunk). This is not a trivial operation, because development might | |
2100 also have proceeded on the trunk, so that you must @dfn{merge} the | |
2101 changes into a file that has already been changed otherwise. VC allows | |
2102 you to do this (and other things) with the @code{vc-merge} command. | |
2103 | |
2104 @table @kbd | |
2105 @item C-x v m (vc-merge) | |
2106 Merge changes into the work file. | |
2107 @end table | |
2108 | |
2109 @kindex C-x v m | |
2110 @findex vc-merge | |
2111 @kbd{C-x v m} (@code{vc-merge}) takes a set of changes and merges it | |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2112 into the current version of the work file. It firsts asks you in the |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2113 minibuffer where the changes should come from. If you just type |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2114 @key{RET}, Emacs merges any changes that were made on the same branch |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2115 since you checked the file out (we call this @dfn{merging the news}). |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2116 This is the common way to pick up recent changes from the repository, |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2117 regardless of whether you have already changed the file yourself. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2118 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2119 You can also enter a branch number or a pair of version numbers in |
38739 | 2120 the minibuffer. Then @kbd{C-x v m} finds the changes from that |
2121 branch, or the differences between the two versions you specified, and | |
2122 merges them into the current version of the current file. | |
25829 | 2123 |
2124 As an example, suppose that you have finished a certain feature on | |
2125 branch 1.3.1. In the meantime, development on the trunk has proceeded | |
2126 to version 1.5. To merge the changes from the branch to the trunk, | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2127 first go to the head version of the trunk, by typing @kbd{C-u C-x v v |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2128 @key{RET}}. Version 1.5 is now current. If locking is used for the file, |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2129 type @kbd{C-x v v} to lock version 1.5 so that you can change it. Next, |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2130 type @kbd{C-x v m 1.3.1 @key{RET}}. This takes the entire set of changes on |
25829 | 2131 branch 1.3.1 (relative to version 1.3, where the branch started, up to |
2132 the last version on the branch) and merges it into the current version | |
2133 of the work file. You can now check in the changed file, thus creating | |
2134 version 1.6 containing the changes from the branch. | |
2135 | |
2136 It is possible to do further editing after merging the branch, before | |
2137 the next check-in. But it is usually wiser to check in the merged | |
2138 version, then lock it and make the further changes. This will keep | |
2139 a better record of the history of changes. | |
2140 | |
2141 @cindex conflicts | |
2142 @cindex resolving conflicts | |
2143 When you merge changes into a file that has itself been modified, the | |
2144 changes might overlap. We call this situation a @dfn{conflict}, and | |
2145 reconciling the conflicting changes is called @dfn{resolving a | |
2146 conflict}. | |
2147 | |
2148 Whenever conflicts occur during merging, VC detects them, tells you | |
2149 about them in the echo area, and asks whether you want help in merging. | |
2150 If you say yes, it starts an Ediff session (@pxref{Top, | |
2151 Ediff, Ediff, ediff, The Ediff Manual}). | |
2152 | |
2153 If you say no, the conflicting changes are both inserted into the | |
2154 file, surrounded by @dfn{conflict markers}. The example below shows how | |
2155 a conflict region looks; the file is called @samp{name} and the current | |
2156 master file version with user B's changes in it is 1.11. | |
2157 | |
2158 @c @w here is so CVS won't think this is a conflict. | |
2159 @smallexample | |
2160 @group | |
2161 @w{<}<<<<<< name | |
2162 @var{User A's version} | |
2163 ======= | |
2164 @var{User B's version} | |
2165 @w{>}>>>>>> 1.11 | |
2166 @end group | |
2167 @end smallexample | |
2168 | |
2169 @cindex vc-resolve-conflicts | |
2170 Then you can resolve the conflicts by editing the file manually. Or | |
2171 you can type @code{M-x vc-resolve-conflicts} after visiting the file. | |
38739 | 2172 This starts an Ediff session, as described above. Don't forget to |
2173 check in the merged version afterwards. | |
25829 | 2174 |
2175 @node Multi-User Branching | |
2176 @subsubsection Multi-User Branching | |
2177 | |
2178 It is often useful for multiple developers to work simultaneously on | |
2179 different branches of a file. CVS allows this by default; for RCS, it | |
2180 is possible if you create multiple source directories. Each source | |
2181 directory should have a link named @file{RCS} which points to a common | |
2182 directory of RCS master files. Then each source directory can have its | |
2183 own choice of selected versions, but all share the same common RCS | |
2184 records. | |
2185 | |
2186 This technique works reliably and automatically, provided that the | |
2187 source files contain RCS version headers (@pxref{Version Headers}). The | |
2188 headers enable Emacs to be sure, at all times, which version number is | |
2189 present in the work file. | |
2190 | |
2191 If the files do not have version headers, you must instead tell Emacs | |
2192 explicitly in each session which branch you are working on. To do this, | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2193 first find the file, then type @kbd{C-u C-x v v} and specify the correct |
25829 | 2194 branch number. This ensures that Emacs knows which branch it is using |
2195 during this particular editing session. | |
2196 | |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2197 @node Remote Repositories |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2198 @subsection Remote Repositories |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2199 @cindex remote repositories (CVS) |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2200 |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2201 A common way of using CVS is to set up a central CVS repository on |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2202 some Internet host, then have each developer check out a personal |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2203 working copy of the files on his local machine. Committing changes to |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2204 the repository, and picking up changes from other users into one's own |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2205 working area, then works by direct interactions with the CVS server. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2206 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2207 One difficulty is that access to the CVS server is often slow, and |
39263 | 2208 that developers might need to work off-line as well. VC is designed |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2209 to reduce the amount of network interaction necessary. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2210 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2211 @menu |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2212 * Version Backups:: Keeping local copies of repository versions. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2213 * Local Version Control:: Using another version system for local editing. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2214 @end menu |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2215 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2216 @node Version Backups |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2217 @subsubsection Version Backups |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2218 @cindex version backups |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2219 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2220 @cindex automatic version backups |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2221 When VC sees that the CVS repository for a file is on a remote |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2222 machine, it automatically makes local backups of unmodified versions |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2223 of the file---@dfn{automatic version backups}. This means that you |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2224 can compare the file to the repository version (@kbd{C-x v =}), or |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2225 revert to that version (@kbd{C-x v u}), without any network |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2226 interactions. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2227 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2228 The local copy of the unmodified file is called a @dfn{version |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2229 backup} to indicate that it corresponds exactly to a version that is |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2230 stored in the repository. Note that version backups are not the same |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2231 as ordinary Emacs backup files (@pxref{Backup}). But they follow a |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2232 similar naming convention. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2233 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2234 For a file that comes from a remote CVS repository, VC makes a |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2235 version backup whenever you save the first changes to the file, and |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2236 removes it after you have committed your modified version to the |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2237 repository. You can disable the making of automatic version backups by |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2238 setting @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} to @code{nil} (@pxref{CVS Options}). |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2239 |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2240 @cindex manual version backups |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2241 The name of the automatic version backup for version @var{version} |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2242 of file @var{file} is @code{@var{file}.~@var{version}.~}. This is |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2243 almost the same as the name used by @kbd{C-x v ~} (@pxref{Old |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2244 Versions}), the only difference being the additional dot (@samp{.}) |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2245 after the version number. This similarity is intentional, because |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2246 both kinds of files store the same kind of information. The file made |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2247 by @kbd{C-x v ~} acts as a @dfn{manual version backup}. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2248 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2249 All the VC commands that operate on old versions of a file can use |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2250 both kinds of version backups. For instance, @kbd{C-x v ~} uses |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2251 either an automatic or a manual version backup, if possible, to get |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2252 the contents of the version you request. Likewise, @kbd{C-x v =} and |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2253 @kbd{C-x v u} use either an automatic or a manual version backup, if |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2254 one of them exists, to get the contents of a version to compare or |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2255 revert to. If you changed a file outside of Emacs, so that no |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2256 automatic version backup was created for the previous text, you can |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2257 create a manual backup of that version using @kbd{C-x v ~}, and thus |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2258 obtain the benefit of the local copy for Emacs commands. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2259 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2260 The only difference in Emacs's handling of manual and automatic |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2261 version backups, once they exist, is that Emacs deletes automatic |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2262 version backups when you commit to the repository. By contrast, |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2263 manual version backups remain until you delete them. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2264 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2265 @node Local Version Control |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2266 @subsubsection Local Version Control |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2267 @cindex local version control |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2268 @cindex local back end (version control) |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2269 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2270 When you make many changes to a file that comes from a remote |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2271 repository, it can be convenient to have version control on your local |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2272 machine as well. You can then record intermediate versions, revert to |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2273 a previous state, etc., before you actually commit your changes to the |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2274 remote server. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2275 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2276 VC lets you do this by putting a file under a second, local version |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2277 control system, so that the file is effectively registered in two |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2278 systems at the same time. For the description here, we will assume |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2279 that the remote system is CVS, and you use RCS locally, although the |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2280 mechanism works with any combination of version control systems |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2281 (@dfn{back ends}). |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2282 |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2283 To make it work with other back ends, you must make sure that the |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2284 ``more local'' back end comes before the ``more remote'' back end in |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2285 the setting of @code{vc-handled-backends} (@pxref{Customizing VC}). By |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2286 default, this variable is set up so that you can use remote CVS and |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2287 local RCS as described here. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2288 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2289 To start using local RCS for a file that comes from a remote CVS |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2290 server, you must @emph{register the file in RCS}, by typing @kbd{C-u |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2291 C-x v v rcs @key{RET}}. (In other words, use @code{vc-next-action} with a |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2292 prefix argument, and specify RCS as the back end.) |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2293 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2294 You can do this at any time; it does not matter whether you have |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2295 already modified the file with respect to the version in the CVS |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2296 repository. If possible, VC tries to make the RCS master start with |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
2297 the unmodified repository version, then checks in any local changes |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2298 as a new version. This works if you have not made any changes yet, or |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2299 if the unmodified repository version exists locally as a version |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2300 backup (@pxref{Version Backups}). If the unmodified version is not |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2301 available locally, the RCS master starts with the modified version; |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
2302 the only drawback to this is that you cannot compare your changes |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2303 locally to what is stored in the repository. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2304 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2305 The version number of the RCS master is derived from the current CVS |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2306 version, starting a branch from it. For example, if the current CVS |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2307 version is 1.23, the local RCS branch will be 1.23.1. Version 1.23 in |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2308 the RCS master will be identical to version 1.23 under CVS; your first |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2309 changes are checked in as 1.23.1.1. (If the unmodified file is not |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2310 available locally, VC will check in the modified file twice, both as |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2311 1.23 and 1.23.1.1, to make the revision numbers consistent.) |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2312 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2313 If you do not use locking under CVS (the default), locking is also |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2314 disabled for RCS, so that editing under RCS works exactly as under |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2315 CVS. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2316 |
36728
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2317 When you are done with local editing, you can commit the final version |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2318 back to the CVS repository by typing @kbd{C-u C-x v v cvs @key{RET}}. |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2319 This initializes the log entry buffer (@pxref{Log Buffer}) to contain |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2320 all the log entries you have recorded in the RCS master; you can edit |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2321 them as you wish, and then commit in CVS by typing @kbd{C-c C-c}. If |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2322 the commit is successful, VC removes the RCS master, so that the file |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2323 is once again registered under CVS only. (The RCS master is not |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2324 actually deleted, just renamed by appending @samp{~} to the name, so |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2325 that you can refer to it later if you wish.) |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2326 |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2327 While using local RCS, you can pick up recent changes from the CVS |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2328 repository into your local file, or commit some of your changes back |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2329 to CVS, without terminating local RCS version control. To do this, |
39263 | 2330 switch to the CVS back end temporarily, with the @kbd{C-x v b} command: |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2331 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2332 @table @kbd |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2333 @item C-x v b |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2334 Switch to another back end that the current file is registered |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2335 under (@code{vc-switch-backend}). |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2336 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2337 @item C-u C-x v b @var{backend} @key{RET} |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2338 Switch to @var{backend} for the current file. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2339 @end table |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2340 |
36360
0774daebf700
(Local Version Control): Fix last change.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36356
diff
changeset
|
2341 @kindex C-x v b |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2342 @findex vc-switch-backend |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2343 @kbd{C-x v b} does not change the buffer contents, or any files; it |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2344 only changes VC's perspective on how to handle the file. Any |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2345 subsequent VC commands for that file will operate on the back end that |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2346 is currently selected. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2347 |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2348 If the current file is registered in more than one back end, typing |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2349 @kbd{C-x v b} ``cycles'' through all of these back ends. With a |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2350 prefix argument, it asks for the back end to use in the minibuffer. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2351 |
36728
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2352 Thus, if you are using local RCS, and you want to pick up some recent |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2353 changes in the file from remote CVS, first visit the file, then type |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2354 @kbd{C-x v b} to switch to CVS, and finally use @kbd{C-x v m |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2355 @key{RET}} to merge the news (@pxref{Merging}). You can then switch |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2356 back to RCS by typing @kbd{C-x v b} again, and continue to edit |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2357 locally. |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2358 |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2359 But if you do this, the revision numbers in the RCS master no longer |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2360 correspond to those of CVS. Technically, this is not a problem, but |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2361 it can become difficult to keep track of what is in the CVS repository |
4906c8088ad5
Clarify C-u C-x v v cvs RET. Clarify the purpose of C-x v b.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36547
diff
changeset
|
2362 and what is not. So we suggest that you return from time to time to |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2363 CVS-only operation, by committing your local changes back to the |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2364 repository using @kbd{C-u C-x v v cvs @key{RET}}. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2365 |
25829 | 2366 @node Snapshots |
2367 @subsection Snapshots | |
2368 @cindex snapshots and version control | |
2369 | |
2370 A @dfn{snapshot} is a named set of file versions (one for each | |
2371 registered file) that you can treat as a unit. One important kind of | |
2372 snapshot is a @dfn{release}, a (theoretically) stable version of the | |
2373 system that is ready for distribution to users. | |
2374 | |
2375 @menu | |
2376 * Making Snapshots:: The snapshot facilities. | |
2377 * Snapshot Caveats:: Things to be careful of when using snapshots. | |
2378 @end menu | |
2379 | |
2380 @node Making Snapshots | |
2381 @subsubsection Making and Using Snapshots | |
2382 | |
2383 There are two basic commands for snapshots; one makes a | |
2384 snapshot with a given name, the other retrieves a named snapshot. | |
2385 | |
2386 @table @code | |
2387 @kindex C-x v s | |
2388 @findex vc-create-snapshot | |
2389 @item C-x v s @var{name} @key{RET} | |
2390 Define the last saved versions of every registered file in or under the | |
2391 current directory as a snapshot named @var{name} | |
2392 (@code{vc-create-snapshot}). | |
2393 | |
2394 @kindex C-x v r | |
2395 @findex vc-retrieve-snapshot | |
2396 @item C-x v r @var{name} @key{RET} | |
2397 For all registered files at or below the current directory level, select | |
2398 whatever versions correspond to the snapshot @var{name} | |
2399 (@code{vc-retrieve-snapshot}). | |
2400 | |
2401 This command reports an error if any files are locked at or below the | |
2402 current directory, without changing anything; this is to avoid | |
2403 overwriting work in progress. | |
2404 @end table | |
2405 | |
2406 A snapshot uses a very small amount of resources---just enough to record | |
2407 the list of file names and which version belongs to the snapshot. Thus, | |
2408 you need not hesitate to create snapshots whenever they are useful. | |
2409 | |
2410 You can give a snapshot name as an argument to @kbd{C-x v =} or | |
2411 @kbd{C-x v ~} (@pxref{Old Versions}). Thus, you can use it to compare a | |
2412 snapshot against the current files, or two snapshots against each other, | |
2413 or a snapshot against a named version. | |
2414 | |
2415 @node Snapshot Caveats | |
2416 @subsubsection Snapshot Caveats | |
2417 | |
2418 @cindex named configurations (RCS) | |
2419 VC's snapshot facilities are modeled on RCS's named-configuration | |
68540 | 2420 support. They use RCS's native facilities for this, so |
2421 snapshots made using RCS through VC are visible even when you bypass VC. | |
25829 | 2422 |
2423 @c worded verbosely to avoid overfull hbox. | |
2424 For SCCS, VC implements snapshots itself. The files it uses contain | |
2425 name/file/version-number triples. These snapshots are visible only | |
2426 through VC. | |
2427 | |
68540 | 2428 @c ??? What about CVS? |
2429 | |
25829 | 2430 A snapshot is a set of checked-in versions. So make sure that all the |
2431 files are checked in and not locked when you make a snapshot. | |
2432 | |
2433 File renaming and deletion can create some difficulties with snapshots. | |
2434 This is not a VC-specific problem, but a general design issue in version | |
2435 control systems that no one has solved very well yet. | |
2436 | |
2437 If you rename a registered file, you need to rename its master along | |
2438 with it (the command @code{vc-rename-file} does this automatically). If | |
2439 you are using SCCS, you must also update the records of the snapshot, to | |
2440 mention the file by its new name (@code{vc-rename-file} does this, | |
2441 too). An old snapshot that refers to a master file that no longer | |
2442 exists under the recorded name is invalid; VC can no longer retrieve | |
2443 it. It would be beyond the scope of this manual to explain enough about | |
2444 RCS and SCCS to explain how to update the snapshots by hand. | |
2445 | |
2446 Using @code{vc-rename-file} makes the snapshot remain valid for | |
2447 retrieval, but it does not solve all problems. For example, some of the | |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
2448 files in your program probably refer to others by name. At the very |
25829 | 2449 least, the makefile probably mentions the file that you renamed. If you |
2450 retrieve an old snapshot, the renamed file is retrieved under its new | |
2451 name, which is not the name that the makefile expects. So the program | |
2452 won't really work as retrieved. | |
2453 | |
2454 @node Miscellaneous VC | |
2455 @subsection Miscellaneous Commands and Features of VC | |
2456 | |
2457 This section explains the less-frequently-used features of VC. | |
2458 | |
2459 @menu | |
2460 * Change Logs and VC:: Generating a change log file from log entries. | |
49600
23a1cea22d13
Trailing whitespace deleted.
Juanma Barranquero <lekktu@gmail.com>
parents:
49561
diff
changeset
|
2461 * Renaming and VC:: A command to rename both the source and master |
25829 | 2462 file correctly. |
2463 * Version Headers:: Inserting version control headers into working files. | |
2464 @end menu | |
2465 | |
2466 @node Change Logs and VC | |
2467 @subsubsection Change Logs and VC | |
2468 | |
2469 If you use RCS or CVS for a program and also maintain a change log | |
2470 file for it (@pxref{Change Log}), you can generate change log entries | |
2471 automatically from the version control log entries: | |
2472 | |
2473 @table @kbd | |
2474 @item C-x v a | |
2475 @kindex C-x v a | |
2476 @findex vc-update-change-log | |
2477 Visit the current directory's change log file and, for registered files | |
2478 in that directory, create new entries for versions checked in since the | |
2479 most recent entry in the change log file. | |
2480 (@code{vc-update-change-log}). | |
2481 | |
2482 This command works with RCS or CVS only, not with SCCS. | |
2483 | |
68540 | 2484 @c ??? What about other back ends? |
2485 | |
25829 | 2486 @item C-u C-x v a |
2487 As above, but only find entries for the current buffer's file. | |
2488 | |
2489 @item M-1 C-x v a | |
2490 As above, but find entries for all the currently visited files that are | |
2491 maintained with version control. This works only with RCS, and it puts | |
2492 all entries in the log for the default directory, which may not be | |
2493 appropriate. | |
2494 @end table | |
2495 | |
2496 For example, suppose the first line of @file{ChangeLog} is dated | |
2497 1999-04-10, and that the only check-in since then was by Nathaniel | |
2498 Bowditch to @file{rcs2log} on 1999-05-22 with log text @samp{Ignore log | |
2499 messages that start with `#'.}. Then @kbd{C-x v a} visits | |
2500 @file{ChangeLog} and inserts text like this: | |
2501 | |
2502 @iftex | |
2503 @medbreak | |
2504 @end iftex | |
2505 @smallexample | |
2506 @group | |
2507 1999-05-22 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org> | |
2508 | |
2509 * rcs2log: Ignore log messages that start with `#'. | |
2510 @end group | |
2511 @end smallexample | |
2512 @iftex | |
2513 @medbreak | |
2514 @end iftex | |
2515 | |
2516 @noindent | |
2517 You can then edit the new change log entry further as you wish. | |
2518 | |
38064
b8ea59337400
Proofreading fixes from Art the Lemming <lemming@gimp.shacknet.nu>.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
38020
diff
changeset
|
2519 Some of the new change log entries may duplicate what's already in |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2520 ChangeLog. You will have to remove these duplicates by hand. |
25829 | 2521 |
2522 Normally, the log entry for file @file{foo} is displayed as @samp{* | |
2523 foo: @var{text of log entry}}. The @samp{:} after @file{foo} is omitted | |
2524 if the text of the log entry starts with @w{@samp{(@var{functionname}): | |
2525 }}. For example, if the log entry for @file{vc.el} is | |
2526 @samp{(vc-do-command): Check call-process status.}, then the text in | |
2527 @file{ChangeLog} looks like this: | |
2528 | |
2529 @iftex | |
2530 @medbreak | |
2531 @end iftex | |
2532 @smallexample | |
2533 @group | |
2534 1999-05-06 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org> | |
2535 | |
2536 * vc.el (vc-do-command): Check call-process status. | |
2537 @end group | |
2538 @end smallexample | |
2539 @iftex | |
2540 @medbreak | |
2541 @end iftex | |
2542 | |
2543 When @kbd{C-x v a} adds several change log entries at once, it groups | |
2544 related log entries together if they all are checked in by the same | |
2545 author at nearly the same time. If the log entries for several such | |
2546 files all have the same text, it coalesces them into a single entry. | |
2547 For example, suppose the most recent check-ins have the following log | |
2548 entries: | |
2549 | |
2550 @flushleft | |
2551 @bullet{} For @file{vc.texinfo}: @samp{Fix expansion typos.} | |
2552 @bullet{} For @file{vc.el}: @samp{Don't call expand-file-name.} | |
2553 @bullet{} For @file{vc-hooks.el}: @samp{Don't call expand-file-name.} | |
2554 @end flushleft | |
2555 | |
2556 @noindent | |
2557 They appear like this in @file{ChangeLog}: | |
2558 | |
2559 @iftex | |
2560 @medbreak | |
2561 @end iftex | |
2562 @smallexample | |
2563 @group | |
2564 1999-04-01 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org> | |
2565 | |
2566 * vc.texinfo: Fix expansion typos. | |
2567 | |
2568 * vc.el, vc-hooks.el: Don't call expand-file-name. | |
2569 @end group | |
2570 @end smallexample | |
2571 @iftex | |
2572 @medbreak | |
2573 @end iftex | |
2574 | |
2575 Normally, @kbd{C-x v a} separates log entries by a blank line, but you | |
2576 can mark several related log entries to be clumped together (without an | |
2577 intervening blank line) by starting the text of each related log entry | |
2578 with a label of the form @w{@samp{@{@var{clumpname}@} }}. The label | |
2579 itself is not copied to @file{ChangeLog}. For example, suppose the log | |
2580 entries are: | |
2581 | |
2582 @flushleft | |
2583 @bullet{} For @file{vc.texinfo}: @samp{@{expand@} Fix expansion typos.} | |
2584 @bullet{} For @file{vc.el}: @samp{@{expand@} Don't call expand-file-name.} | |
2585 @bullet{} For @file{vc-hooks.el}: @samp{@{expand@} Don't call expand-file-name.} | |
2586 @end flushleft | |
2587 | |
2588 @noindent | |
2589 Then the text in @file{ChangeLog} looks like this: | |
2590 | |
2591 @iftex | |
2592 @medbreak | |
2593 @end iftex | |
2594 @smallexample | |
2595 @group | |
2596 1999-04-01 Nathaniel Bowditch <nat@@apn.org> | |
2597 | |
2598 * vc.texinfo: Fix expansion typos. | |
2599 * vc.el, vc-hooks.el: Don't call expand-file-name. | |
2600 @end group | |
2601 @end smallexample | |
2602 @iftex | |
2603 @medbreak | |
2604 @end iftex | |
2605 | |
2606 A log entry whose text begins with @samp{#} is not copied to | |
2607 @file{ChangeLog}. For example, if you merely fix some misspellings in | |
2608 comments, you can log the change with an entry beginning with @samp{#} | |
2609 to avoid putting such trivia into @file{ChangeLog}. | |
2610 | |
2611 @node Renaming and VC | |
2612 @subsubsection Renaming VC Work Files and Master Files | |
2613 | |
2614 @findex vc-rename-file | |
2615 When you rename a registered file, you must also rename its master | |
2616 file correspondingly to get proper results. Use @code{vc-rename-file} | |
2617 to rename the source file as you specify, and rename its master file | |
2618 accordingly. It also updates any snapshots (@pxref{Snapshots}) that | |
2619 mention the file, so that they use the new name; despite this, the | |
2620 snapshot thus modified may not completely work (@pxref{Snapshot | |
2621 Caveats}). | |
2622 | |
66992
8d812f26b1fc
(Registering): Mention @@ in mode line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66581
diff
changeset
|
2623 Some backends do not provide an explicit rename operation to their |
8d812f26b1fc
(Registering): Mention @@ in mode line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66581
diff
changeset
|
2624 repositories. After issuing @code{vc-rename-file}, use @kbd{C-x v v} |
8d812f26b1fc
(Registering): Mention @@ in mode line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66581
diff
changeset
|
2625 on the original and renamed buffers and provide the necessary edit |
8d812f26b1fc
(Registering): Mention @@ in mode line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66581
diff
changeset
|
2626 log. |
8d812f26b1fc
(Registering): Mention @@ in mode line.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
66581
diff
changeset
|
2627 |
25829 | 2628 You cannot use @code{vc-rename-file} on a file that is locked by |
2629 someone else. | |
2630 | |
2631 @node Version Headers | |
2632 @subsubsection Inserting Version Control Headers | |
2633 | |
2634 Sometimes it is convenient to put version identification strings | |
2635 directly into working files. Certain special strings called | |
2636 @dfn{version headers} are replaced in each successive version by the | |
2637 number of that version. | |
2638 | |
68540 | 2639 @c ??? How does this relate to CVS? |
2640 | |
25829 | 2641 If you are using RCS, and version headers are present in your working |
2642 files, Emacs can use them to determine the current version and the | |
2643 locking state of the files. This is more reliable than referring to the | |
2644 master files, which is done when there are no version headers. Note | |
2645 that in a multi-branch environment, version headers are necessary to | |
2646 make VC behave correctly (@pxref{Multi-User Branching}). | |
2647 | |
2648 Searching for version headers is controlled by the variable | |
38739 | 2649 @code{vc-consult-headers}. If it is non-@code{nil} (the default), |
2650 Emacs searches for headers to determine the version number you are | |
2651 editing. Setting it to @code{nil} disables this feature. | |
25829 | 2652 |
2653 @kindex C-x v h | |
2654 @findex vc-insert-headers | |
2655 You can use the @kbd{C-x v h} command (@code{vc-insert-headers}) to | |
2656 insert a suitable header string. | |
2657 | |
2658 @table @kbd | |
2659 @item C-x v h | |
2660 Insert headers in a file for use with your version-control system. | |
2661 @end table | |
2662 | |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2663 @vindex vc-@var{backend}-header |
25829 | 2664 The default header string is @samp{@w{$}Id$} for RCS and |
2665 @samp{@w{%}W%} for SCCS. You can specify other headers to insert by | |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2666 setting the variables @code{vc-@var{backend}-header} where |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2667 @var{backend} is @code{rcs} or @code{sccs}. |
25829 | 2668 |
2669 Instead of a single string, you can specify a list of strings; then | |
2670 each string in the list is inserted as a separate header on a line of | |
2671 its own. | |
2672 | |
68540 | 2673 It may be necessary to use apparently-superfluous backslashes when |
38739 | 2674 writing the strings that you put in this variable. For instance, you |
2675 might write @code{"$Id\$"} rather than @code{"$Id@w{$}"}. The extra | |
2676 backslash prevents the string constant from being interpreted as a | |
2677 header, if the Emacs Lisp file containing it is maintained with | |
2678 version control. | |
25829 | 2679 |
2680 @vindex vc-comment-alist | |
2681 Each header is inserted surrounded by tabs, inside comment delimiters, | |
2682 on a new line at point. Normally the ordinary comment | |
2683 start and comment end strings of the current mode are used, but for | |
2684 certain modes, there are special comment delimiters for this purpose; | |
2685 the variable @code{vc-comment-alist} specifies them. Each element of | |
2686 this list has the form @code{(@var{mode} @var{starter} @var{ender})}. | |
2687 | |
2688 @vindex vc-static-header-alist | |
2689 The variable @code{vc-static-header-alist} specifies further strings | |
2690 to add based on the name of the buffer. Its value should be a list of | |
2691 elements of the form @code{(@var{regexp} . @var{format})}. Whenever | |
2692 @var{regexp} matches the buffer name, @var{format} is inserted as part | |
2693 of the header. A header line is inserted for each element that matches | |
2694 the buffer name, and for each string specified by | |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2695 @code{vc-@var{backend}-header}. The header line is made by processing the |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2696 string from @code{vc-@var{backend}-header} with the format taken from the |
25829 | 2697 element. The default value for @code{vc-static-header-alist} is as follows: |
2698 | |
2699 @example | |
2700 @group | |
2701 (("\\.c$" . | |
2702 "\n#ifndef lint\nstatic char vcid[] = \"\%s\";\n\ | |
2703 #endif /* lint */\n")) | |
2704 @end group | |
2705 @end example | |
2706 | |
2707 @noindent | |
2708 It specifies insertion of text of this form: | |
2709 | |
2710 @example | |
2711 @group | |
2712 | |
2713 #ifndef lint | |
2714 static char vcid[] = "@var{string}"; | |
2715 #endif /* lint */ | |
2716 @end group | |
2717 @end example | |
2718 | |
2719 @noindent | |
2720 Note that the text above starts with a blank line. | |
2721 | |
2722 If you use more than one version header in a file, put them close | |
2723 together in the file. The mechanism in @code{revert-buffer} that | |
2724 preserves markers may not handle markers positioned between two version | |
2725 headers. | |
2726 | |
2727 @node Customizing VC | |
2728 @subsection Customizing VC | |
2729 | |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2730 @vindex vc-handled-backends |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2731 The variable @code{vc-handled-backends} determines which version |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2732 control systems VC should handle. The default value is @code{(RCS CVS |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2733 SVN SCCS Arch MCVS)}, so it contains all six version systems that are |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2734 currently supported. If you want VC to ignore one or more of these |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2735 systems, exclude its name from the list. To disable VC entirely, set |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2736 this variable to @code{nil}. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2737 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2738 The order of systems in the list is significant: when you visit a file |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2739 registered in more than one system (@pxref{Local Version Control}), |
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2740 VC uses the system that comes first in @code{vc-handled-backends} by |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2741 default. The order is also significant when you register a file for |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2742 the first time, @pxref{Registering} for details. |
25829 | 2743 |
2744 @menu | |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2745 * General VC Options:: Options that apply to multiple back ends. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2746 * RCS and SCCS:: Options for RCS and SCCS. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2747 * CVS Options:: Options for CVS. |
25829 | 2748 @end menu |
2749 | |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2750 @node General VC Options |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2751 @subsubsection General Options |
25829 | 2752 |
2753 @vindex vc-make-backup-files | |
2754 Emacs normally does not save backup files for source files that are | |
2755 maintained with version control. If you want to make backup files even | |
2756 for files that use version control, set the variable | |
2757 @code{vc-make-backup-files} to a non-@code{nil} value. | |
2758 | |
2759 @vindex vc-keep-workfiles | |
2760 Normally the work file exists all the time, whether it is locked or | |
2761 not. If you set @code{vc-keep-workfiles} to @code{nil}, then checking | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2762 in a new version with @kbd{C-x v v} deletes the work file; but any |
25829 | 2763 attempt to visit the file with Emacs creates it again. (With CVS, work |
2764 files are always kept.) | |
2765 | |
2766 @vindex vc-follow-symlinks | |
2767 Editing a version-controlled file through a symbolic link can be | |
2768 dangerous. It bypasses the version control system---you can edit the | |
2769 file without locking it, and fail to check your changes in. Also, | |
2770 your changes might overwrite those of another user. To protect against | |
2771 this, VC checks each symbolic link that you visit, to see if it points | |
2772 to a file under version control. | |
2773 | |
2774 The variable @code{vc-follow-symlinks} controls what to do when a | |
2775 symbolic link points to a version-controlled file. If it is @code{nil}, | |
2776 VC only displays a warning message. If it is @code{t}, VC automatically | |
2777 follows the link, and visits the real file instead, telling you about | |
2778 this in the echo area. If the value is @code{ask} (the default), VC | |
2779 asks you each time whether to follow the link. | |
2780 | |
2781 @vindex vc-suppress-confirm | |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2782 If @code{vc-suppress-confirm} is non-@code{nil}, then @kbd{C-x v v} |
25829 | 2783 and @kbd{C-x v i} can save the current buffer without asking, and |
2784 @kbd{C-x v u} also operates without asking for confirmation. (This | |
2785 variable does not affect @kbd{C-x v c}; that operation is so drastic | |
2786 that it should always ask for confirmation.) | |
2787 | |
2788 @vindex vc-command-messages | |
2789 VC mode does much of its work by running the shell commands for RCS, | |
2790 CVS and SCCS. If @code{vc-command-messages} is non-@code{nil}, VC | |
2791 displays messages to indicate which shell commands it runs, and | |
2792 additional messages when the commands finish. | |
2793 | |
2794 @vindex vc-path | |
2795 You can specify additional directories to search for version control | |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2796 programs by setting the variable @code{vc-path}. These directories |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2797 are searched before the usual search path. It is rarely necessary to |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2798 set this variable, because VC normally finds the proper files |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2799 automatically. |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2800 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2801 @node RCS and SCCS |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2802 @subsubsection Options for RCS and SCCS |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2803 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2804 @cindex non-strict locking (RCS) |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2805 @cindex locking, non-strict (RCS) |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2806 By default, RCS uses locking to coordinate the activities of several |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2807 users, but there is a mode called @dfn{non-strict locking} in which |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2808 you can check-in changes without locking the file first. Use |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2809 @samp{rcs -U} to switch to non-strict locking for a particular file, |
39263 | 2810 see the @code{rcs} manual page for details. |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2811 |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2812 When deducing the version control state of an RCS file, VC first |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2813 looks for an RCS version header string in the file (@pxref{Version |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2814 Headers}). If there is no header string, VC normally looks at the |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2815 file permissions of the work file; this is fast. But there might be |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2816 situations when the file permissions cannot be trusted. In this case |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2817 the master file has to be consulted, which is rather expensive. Also |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2818 the master file can only tell you @emph{if} there's any lock on the |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2819 file, but not whether your work file really contains that locked |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2820 version. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2821 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2822 @vindex vc-consult-headers |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2823 You can tell VC not to use version headers to determine the file |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2824 status by setting @code{vc-consult-headers} to @code{nil}. VC then |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2825 always uses the file permissions (if it is supposed to trust them), or |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2826 else checks the master file. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2827 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2828 @vindex vc-mistrust-permissions |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2829 You can specify the criterion for whether to trust the file |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2830 permissions by setting the variable @code{vc-mistrust-permissions}. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2831 Its value can be @code{t} (always mistrust the file permissions and |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2832 check the master file), @code{nil} (always trust the file |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2833 permissions), or a function of one argument which makes the decision. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2834 The argument is the directory name of the @file{RCS} subdirectory. A |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2835 non-@code{nil} value from the function says to mistrust the file |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2836 permissions. If you find that the file permissions of work files are |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2837 changed erroneously, set @code{vc-mistrust-permissions} to @code{t}. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2838 Then VC always checks the master file to determine the file's status. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2839 |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2840 VC determines the version control state of files under SCCS much as |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2841 with RCS. It does not consider SCCS version headers, though. Thus, |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2842 the variable @code{vc-mistrust-permissions} affects SCCS use, but |
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2843 @code{vc-consult-headers} does not. |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2844 |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2845 @node CVS Options |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2846 @subsubsection Options specific for CVS |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2847 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2848 @cindex locking (CVS) |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2849 By default, CVS does not use locking to coordinate the activities of |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2850 several users; anyone can change a work file at any time. However, |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2851 there are ways to restrict this, resulting in behavior that resembles |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2852 locking. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2853 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2854 @cindex CVSREAD environment variable (CVS) |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2855 For one thing, you can set the @env{CVSREAD} environment variable |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2856 (the value you use makes no difference). If this variable is defined, |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2857 CVS makes your work files read-only by default. In Emacs, you must |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2858 type @kbd{C-x v v} to make the file writable, so that editing works |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2859 in fact similar as if locking was used. Note however, that no actual |
39263 | 2860 locking is performed, so several users can make their files writable |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2861 at the same time. When setting @env{CVSREAD} for the first time, make |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2862 sure to check out all your modules anew, so that the file protections |
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2863 are set correctly. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2864 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2865 @cindex cvs watch feature |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2866 @cindex watching files (CVS) |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2867 Another way to achieve something similar to locking is to use the |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2868 @dfn{watch} feature of CVS. If a file is being watched, CVS makes it |
46458
7e33dc6a6f56
Document C-x v v as the main version control command, not C-x C-q.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
46384
diff
changeset
|
2869 read-only by default, and you must also use @kbd{C-x v v} in Emacs to |
39263 | 2870 make it writable. VC calls @code{cvs edit} to make the file writable, |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2871 and CVS takes care to notify other developers of the fact that you |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2872 intend to change the file. See the CVS documentation for details on |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2873 using the watch feature. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2874 |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2875 @vindex vc-cvs-stay-local |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2876 @cindex remote repositories (CVS) |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2877 When a file's repository is on a remote machine, VC tries to keep |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2878 network interactions to a minimum. This is controlled by the variable |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2879 @code{vc-cvs-stay-local}. If it is @code{t} (the default), then VC uses |
36356
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2880 only the entry in the local CVS subdirectory to determine the file's |
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2881 state (and possibly information returned by previous CVS commands). One |
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2882 consequence of this is that when you have modified a file, and somebody |
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2883 else has already checked in other changes to the file, you are not |
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2884 notified of it until you actually try to commit. (But you can try to |
a10bf38295d2
(CVS Options): Mention that t is the default for vc-cvs-stay-local.
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36355
diff
changeset
|
2885 pick up any recent changes from the repository first, using @kbd{C-x v m |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2886 @key{RET}}, @pxref{Merging}). |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2887 |
46212
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2888 @vindex vc-cvs-global-switches |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2889 The variable @code{vc-cvs-global-switches}, if non-@code{nil}, |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2890 should be a string specifying switches to pass to CVS for all CVS |
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
2891 operations. |
46212
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2892 |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2893 When @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} is @code{t}, VC also makes local |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2894 version backups, so that simple diff and revert operations are |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2895 completely local (@pxref{Version Backups}). |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2896 |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2897 On the other hand, if you set @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} to @code{nil}, |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2898 then VC queries the remote repository @emph{before} it decides what to |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2899 do in @code{vc-next-action} (@kbd{C-x v v}), just as it does for local |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2900 repositories. It also does not make any version backups. |
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2901 |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2902 You can also set @code{vc-cvs-stay-local} to a regular expression |
39263 | 2903 that is matched against the repository host name; VC then stays local |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
2904 only for repositories from hosts that match the pattern. |
36355
d8c0e3d0f0aa
VC section updated. Added a subsection on remote repositories,
André Spiegel <spiegel@gnu.org>
parents:
36327
diff
changeset
|
2905 |
25829 | 2906 @node Directories |
2907 @section File Directories | |
2908 | |
2909 @cindex file directory | |
2910 @cindex directory listing | |
2911 The file system groups files into @dfn{directories}. A @dfn{directory | |
2912 listing} is a list of all the files in a directory. Emacs provides | |
2913 commands to create and delete directories, and to make directory | |
2914 listings in brief format (file names only) and verbose format (sizes, | |
68540 | 2915 dates, and authors included). Emacs also includes a directory browser |
2916 feature called Dired; see @ref{Dired}. | |
25829 | 2917 |
2918 @table @kbd | |
2919 @item C-x C-d @var{dir-or-pattern} @key{RET} | |
2920 Display a brief directory listing (@code{list-directory}). | |
2921 @item C-u C-x C-d @var{dir-or-pattern} @key{RET} | |
2922 Display a verbose directory listing. | |
2923 @item M-x make-directory @key{RET} @var{dirname} @key{RET} | |
2924 Create a new directory named @var{dirname}. | |
2925 @item M-x delete-directory @key{RET} @var{dirname} @key{RET} | |
2926 Delete the directory named @var{dirname}. It must be empty, | |
2927 or you get an error. | |
2928 @end table | |
2929 | |
2930 @findex list-directory | |
2931 @kindex C-x C-d | |
2932 The command to display a directory listing is @kbd{C-x C-d} | |
2933 (@code{list-directory}). It reads using the minibuffer a file name | |
2934 which is either a directory to be listed or a wildcard-containing | |
2935 pattern for the files to be listed. For example, | |
2936 | |
2937 @example | |
2938 C-x C-d /u2/emacs/etc @key{RET} | |
2939 @end example | |
2940 | |
2941 @noindent | |
2942 lists all the files in directory @file{/u2/emacs/etc}. Here is an | |
2943 example of specifying a file name pattern: | |
2944 | |
2945 @example | |
2946 C-x C-d /u2/emacs/src/*.c @key{RET} | |
2947 @end example | |
2948 | |
38870
d44abb4e68b2
Don't use "print" for displaying a message.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
38768
diff
changeset
|
2949 Normally, @kbd{C-x C-d} displays a brief directory listing containing |
25829 | 2950 just file names. A numeric argument (regardless of value) tells it to |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
2951 make a verbose listing including sizes, dates, and owners (like |
25829 | 2952 @samp{ls -l}). |
2953 | |
2954 @vindex list-directory-brief-switches | |
2955 @vindex list-directory-verbose-switches | |
46212
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2956 The text of a directory listing is mostly obtained by running |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2957 @code{ls} in an inferior process. Two Emacs variables control the |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2958 switches passed to @code{ls}: @code{list-directory-brief-switches} is |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2959 a string giving the switches to use in brief listings (@code{"-CF"} by |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2960 default), and @code{list-directory-verbose-switches} is a string |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2961 giving the switches to use in a verbose listing (@code{"-l"} by |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2962 default). |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2963 |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2964 @vindex directory-free-space-program |
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2965 @vindex directory-free-space-args |
68540 | 2966 In verbose directory listings, Emacs adds information about the |
2967 amount of free space on the disk that contains the directory. To do | |
2968 this, it runs the program specified by | |
2969 @code{directory-free-space-program} with arguments | |
46212
895fd595b5fb
Explain that $FOO stands for itself if FOO is not defined.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
45979
diff
changeset
|
2970 @code{directory-free-space-args}. |
25829 | 2971 |
2972 @node Comparing Files | |
2973 @section Comparing Files | |
2974 @cindex comparing files | |
2975 | |
2976 @findex diff | |
2977 @vindex diff-switches | |
2978 The command @kbd{M-x diff} compares two files, displaying the | |
38739 | 2979 differences in an Emacs buffer named @samp{*diff*}. It works by |
2980 running the @code{diff} program, using options taken from the variable | |
2981 @code{diff-switches}. The value of @code{diff-switches} should be a | |
2982 string; the default is @code{"-c"} to specify a context diff. | |
25829 | 2983 |
2984 @findex diff-backup | |
2985 The command @kbd{M-x diff-backup} compares a specified file with its most | |
2986 recent backup. If you specify the name of a backup file, | |
2987 @code{diff-backup} compares it with the source file that it is a backup | |
2988 of. | |
2989 | |
68540 | 2990 @findex diff-goto-source |
2991 @findex diff-mode | |
2992 @cindex Diff mode | |
2993 The @samp{*diff*} buffer uses Diff mode, which enables you to use | |
2994 @kbd{C-x `} to visit successive changed locations in the two source | |
2995 files, as in Compilation mode (@pxref{Compilation Mode}.) You can | |
2996 also move to a particular hunk of changes and type @kbd{C-c C-c} | |
2997 (@code{diff-goto-source}) to visit the corresponding source location. | |
2998 | |
2999 @cindex patches | |
3000 Differences between versions of files are often distributed as | |
3001 patches, which are the output from the @command{diff} program. You | |
3002 can use Diff mode to operate on a patch by typing @kbd{M-x diff-mode}. | |
3003 | |
25829 | 3004 @findex compare-windows |
64828
7959083b57a2
(Comparing Files): Clarify compare-windows.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64591
diff
changeset
|
3005 The command @kbd{M-x compare-windows} compares the text in the |
7959083b57a2
(Comparing Files): Clarify compare-windows.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64591
diff
changeset
|
3006 current window with that in the next window. (For more information |
7959083b57a2
(Comparing Files): Clarify compare-windows.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64591
diff
changeset
|
3007 about windows in Emacs, @ref{Windows}.) Comparison starts at point in |
7959083b57a2
(Comparing Files): Clarify compare-windows.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64591
diff
changeset
|
3008 each window, after pushing each initial point value on the mark ring |
7959083b57a2
(Comparing Files): Clarify compare-windows.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64591
diff
changeset
|
3009 in its respective buffer. Then it moves point forward in each window, |
7959083b57a2
(Comparing Files): Clarify compare-windows.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64591
diff
changeset
|
3010 one character at a time, until it reaches characters that don't match. |
7959083b57a2
(Comparing Files): Clarify compare-windows.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64591
diff
changeset
|
3011 Then the command exits. |
7959083b57a2
(Comparing Files): Clarify compare-windows.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64591
diff
changeset
|
3012 |
7959083b57a2
(Comparing Files): Clarify compare-windows.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
64591
diff
changeset
|
3013 If point in the two windows is followed by non-matching text when |
68540 | 3014 the command starts, @kbd{M-x compare-windows} tries heuristically to |
3015 advance up to matching text in the two windows, and then exits. So if | |
3016 you use @kbd{M-x compare-windows} repeatedly, each time it either | |
3017 skips one matching range or finds the start of another. | |
25829 | 3018 |
3019 @vindex compare-ignore-case | |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3020 @vindex compare-ignore-whitespace |
25829 | 3021 With a numeric argument, @code{compare-windows} ignores changes in |
3022 whitespace. If the variable @code{compare-ignore-case} is | |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3023 non-@code{nil}, the comparison ignores differences in case as well. |
61011
755f6a803e71
Several small changes in addition to:
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
60976
diff
changeset
|
3024 If the variable @code{compare-ignore-whitespace} is non-@code{nil}, |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3025 @code{compare-windows} normally ignores changes in whitespace, and a |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3026 prefix argument turns that off. |
25829 | 3027 |
31076 | 3028 @cindex Smerge mode |
3029 @findex smerge-mode | |
3030 @cindex failed merges | |
3031 @cindex merges, failed | |
36274
91f2160d4468
Remove two more redundant index entries.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36263
diff
changeset
|
3032 @cindex comparing 3 files (@code{diff3}) |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3033 You can use @kbd{M-x smerge-mode} to turn on Smerge mode, a minor |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3034 mode for editing output from the @command{diff3} program. This is |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3035 typically the result of a failed merge from a version control system |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3036 ``update'' outside VC, due to conflicting changes to a file. Smerge |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3037 mode provides commands to resolve conflicts by selecting specific |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3038 changes. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3039 |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3040 See also @ref{Emerge}, and @ref{Top,,, ediff, The Ediff Manual}, for |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3041 convenient facilities for merging two similar files. |
25829 | 3042 |
3043 @node Misc File Ops | |
3044 @section Miscellaneous File Operations | |
3045 | |
3046 Emacs has commands for performing many other operations on files. | |
3047 All operate on one file; they do not accept wildcard file names. | |
3048 | |
3049 @findex view-file | |
3050 @cindex viewing | |
3051 @cindex View mode | |
3052 @cindex mode, View | |
3053 @kbd{M-x view-file} allows you to scan or read a file by sequential | |
3054 screenfuls. It reads a file name argument using the minibuffer. After | |
3055 reading the file into an Emacs buffer, @code{view-file} displays the | |
3056 beginning. You can then type @key{SPC} to scroll forward one windowful, | |
3057 or @key{DEL} to scroll backward. Various other commands are provided | |
3058 for moving around in the file, but none for changing it; type @kbd{?} | |
3059 while viewing for a list of them. They are mostly the same as normal | |
3060 Emacs cursor motion commands. To exit from viewing, type @kbd{q}. | |
57404
634541ce83f0
(Misc File Ops): View mode is a minor mode.
Luc Teirlinck <teirllm@auburn.edu>
parents:
56732
diff
changeset
|
3061 The commands for viewing are defined by a special minor mode called View |
25829 | 3062 mode. |
3063 | |
3064 A related command, @kbd{M-x view-buffer}, views a buffer already present | |
3065 in Emacs. @xref{Misc Buffer}. | |
3066 | |
38739 | 3067 @kindex C-x i |
25829 | 3068 @findex insert-file |
38739 | 3069 @kbd{M-x insert-file} (also @kbd{C-x i}) inserts a copy of the |
3070 contents of the specified file into the current buffer at point, | |
3071 leaving point unchanged before the contents and the mark after them. | |
25829 | 3072 |
3073 @findex write-region | |
3074 @kbd{M-x write-region} is the inverse of @kbd{M-x insert-file}; it | |
3075 copies the contents of the region into the specified file. @kbd{M-x | |
65532
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
3076 append-to-file} adds the text of the region to the end of the |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
3077 specified file. @xref{Accumulating Text}. The variable |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
3078 @code{write-region-inhibit-fsync} applies to these commands, as well |
1a6c78b455d7
(Saving Commands): New node, broken out of Saving.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
65515
diff
changeset
|
3079 as saving files; see @ref{Customize Save}. |
25829 | 3080 |
3081 @findex delete-file | |
3082 @cindex deletion (of files) | |
3083 @kbd{M-x delete-file} deletes the specified file, like the @code{rm} | |
3084 command in the shell. If you are deleting many files in one directory, it | |
3085 may be more convenient to use Dired (@pxref{Dired}). | |
3086 | |
3087 @findex rename-file | |
3088 @kbd{M-x rename-file} reads two file names @var{old} and @var{new} using | |
38739 | 3089 the minibuffer, then renames file @var{old} as @var{new}. If the file name |
25829 | 3090 @var{new} already exists, you must confirm with @kbd{yes} or renaming is not |
3091 done; this is because renaming causes the old meaning of the name @var{new} | |
3092 to be lost. If @var{old} and @var{new} are on different file systems, the | |
3093 file @var{old} is copied and deleted. | |
3094 | |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3095 If the argument @var{new} is just a directory name, the real new |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3096 name is in that directory, with the same non-directory component as |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3097 @var{old}. For example, @kbd{M-x rename-file RET ~/foo RET /tmp RET} |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3098 renames @file{~/foo} to @file{/tmp/foo}. The same rule applies to all |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3099 the remaining commands in this section. All of them ask for |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3100 confirmation when the new file name already exists, too. |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3101 |
25829 | 3102 @findex add-name-to-file |
38739 | 3103 @cindex hard links (creation) |
25829 | 3104 The similar command @kbd{M-x add-name-to-file} is used to add an |
3105 additional name to an existing file without removing its old name. | |
38739 | 3106 The new name is created as a ``hard link'' to the existing file. |
25829 | 3107 The new name must belong on the same file system that the file is on. |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3108 On MS-Windows, this command works only if the file resides in an NTFS |
37349
9aada84f08c8
Clarify link commands for MS systems.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37315
diff
changeset
|
3109 file system. On MS-DOS, it works by copying the file. |
25829 | 3110 |
3111 @findex copy-file | |
3112 @cindex copying files | |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3113 @kbd{M-x copy-file} reads the file @var{old} and writes a new file |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3114 named @var{new} with the same contents. |
25829 | 3115 |
3116 @findex make-symbolic-link | |
52575
3a79db508c6c
(File Aliases, Misc File Ops): Add @cindex entries.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
52401
diff
changeset
|
3117 @cindex symbolic links (creation) |
25829 | 3118 @kbd{M-x make-symbolic-link} reads two file names @var{target} and |
60792
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3119 @var{linkname}, then creates a symbolic link named @var{linkname}, |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3120 which points at @var{target}. The effect is that future attempts to |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3121 open file @var{linkname} will refer to whatever file is named |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3122 @var{target} at the time the opening is done, or will get an error if |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3123 the name @var{target} is nonexistent at that time. This command does |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3124 not expand the argument @var{target}, so that it allows you to specify |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3125 a relative name as the target of the link. |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3126 |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3127 Not all systems support symbolic links; on systems that don't |
4fbe0af1e69a
(Visiting): Document large-file-warning-threshold.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
60426
diff
changeset
|
3128 support them, this command is not defined. |
25829 | 3129 |
3130 @node Compressed Files | |
3131 @section Accessing Compressed Files | |
3132 @cindex compression | |
3133 @cindex uncompression | |
3134 @cindex Auto Compression mode | |
3135 @cindex mode, Auto Compression | |
3136 @pindex gzip | |
3137 | |
61952
7f9d1d01d274
(Compressed Files): Auto Compression normally enabled.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61847
diff
changeset
|
3138 Emacs automatically uncompresses compressed files when you visit |
66581
fc256e77595d
* files.texi (Compressed Files): Fix typo.
Romain Francoise <romain@orebokech.com>
parents:
66504
diff
changeset
|
3139 them, and automatically recompresses them if you alter them and save |
61952
7f9d1d01d274
(Compressed Files): Auto Compression normally enabled.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61847
diff
changeset
|
3140 them. Emacs recognizes compressed files by their file names. File |
7f9d1d01d274
(Compressed Files): Auto Compression normally enabled.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61847
diff
changeset
|
3141 names ending in @samp{.gz} indicate a file compressed with |
25829 | 3142 @code{gzip}. Other endings indicate other compression programs. |
3143 | |
3144 Automatic uncompression and compression apply to all the operations in | |
3145 which Emacs uses the contents of a file. This includes visiting it, | |
3146 saving it, inserting its contents into a buffer, loading it, and byte | |
3147 compiling it. | |
3148 | |
61952
7f9d1d01d274
(Compressed Files): Auto Compression normally enabled.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61847
diff
changeset
|
3149 @findex auto-compression-mode |
7f9d1d01d274
(Compressed Files): Auto Compression normally enabled.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61847
diff
changeset
|
3150 @vindex auto-compression-mode |
7f9d1d01d274
(Compressed Files): Auto Compression normally enabled.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61847
diff
changeset
|
3151 To disable this feature, type the command @kbd{M-x |
7f9d1d01d274
(Compressed Files): Auto Compression normally enabled.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61847
diff
changeset
|
3152 auto-compression-mode}. You can disenable it permanently by |
7f9d1d01d274
(Compressed Files): Auto Compression normally enabled.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61847
diff
changeset
|
3153 customizing the variable @code{auto-compression-mode}. |
7f9d1d01d274
(Compressed Files): Auto Compression normally enabled.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61847
diff
changeset
|
3154 |
28123
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3155 @node File Archives |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3156 @section File Archives |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3157 @cindex mode, tar |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3158 @cindex Tar mode |
36274
91f2160d4468
Remove two more redundant index entries.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
36263
diff
changeset
|
3159 @cindex file archives |
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3160 |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3161 A file whose name ends in @samp{.tar} is normally an @dfn{archive} |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3162 made by the @code{tar} program. Emacs views these files in a special |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3163 mode called Tar mode which provides a Dired-like list of the contents |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3164 (@pxref{Dired}). You can move around through the list just as you |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3165 would in Dired, and visit the subfiles contained in the archive. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3166 However, not all Dired commands are available in Tar mode. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3167 |
68540 | 3168 If Auto Compression mode is enabled (@pxref{Compressed Files}), then |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3169 Tar mode is used also for compressed archives---files with extensions |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3170 @samp{.tgz}, @code{.tar.Z} and @code{.tar.gz}. |
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3171 |
36385
d7ca85bd6906
Clean up recent VC updates.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36360
diff
changeset
|
3172 The keys @kbd{e}, @kbd{f} and @key{RET} all extract a component file |
68540 | 3173 into its own buffer. You can edit it there, and if you save the |
3174 buffer, the edited version will replace the version in the Tar buffer. | |
3175 @kbd{v} extracts a file into a buffer in View mode. @kbd{o} extracts | |
3176 the file and displays it in another window, so you could edit the file | |
3177 and operate on the archive simultaneously. @kbd{d} marks a file for | |
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3178 deletion when you later use @kbd{x}, and @kbd{u} unmarks a file, as in |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3179 Dired. @kbd{C} copies a file from the archive to disk and @kbd{R} |
68540 | 3180 renames a file within the archive. @kbd{g} reverts the buffer from |
3181 the archive on disk. | |
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3182 |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3183 The keys @kbd{M}, @kbd{G}, and @kbd{O} change the file's permission |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3184 bits, group, and owner, respectively. |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3185 |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3186 If your display supports colors and the mouse, moving the mouse |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3187 pointer across a file name highlights that file name, indicating that |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3188 you can click on it. Clicking @kbd{Mouse-2} on the highlighted file |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3189 name extracts the file into a buffer and displays that buffer. |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3190 |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3191 Saving the Tar buffer writes a new version of the archive to disk with |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3192 the changes you made to the components. |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3193 |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3194 You don't need the @code{tar} program to use Tar mode---Emacs reads |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3195 the archives directly. However, accessing compressed archives |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3196 requires the appropriate uncompression program. |
31076 | 3197 |
28123
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3198 @cindex Archive mode |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3199 @cindex mode, archive |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3200 @cindex @code{arc} |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3201 @cindex @code{jar} |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3202 @cindex @code{zip} |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3203 @cindex @code{lzh} |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3204 @cindex @code{zoo} |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3205 @pindex arc |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3206 @pindex jar |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3207 @pindex zip |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3208 @pindex lzh |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3209 @pindex zoo |
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3210 @cindex Java class archives |
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3211 @cindex unzip archives |
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3212 A separate but similar Archive mode is used for archives produced by |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3213 the programs @code{arc}, @code{jar}, @code{lzh}, @code{zip}, and |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3214 @code{zoo}, which have extensions corresponding to the program names. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3215 |
39263 | 3216 The key bindings of Archive mode are similar to those in Tar mode, |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3217 with the addition of the @kbd{m} key which marks a file for subsequent |
29683
324386e590b7
(File Archives): Remove redundant index entries. Add some more Tar
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
29556
diff
changeset
|
3218 operations, and @kbd{M-@key{DEL}} which unmarks all the marked files. |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3219 Also, the @kbd{a} key toggles the display of detailed file |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3220 information, for those archive types where it won't fit in a single |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3221 line. Operations such as renaming a subfile, or changing its mode or |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3222 owner, are supported only for some of the archive formats. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3223 |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3224 Unlike Tar mode, Archive mode runs the archiving program to unpack |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3225 and repack archives. Details of the program names and their options |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3226 can be set in the @samp{Archive} Customize group. However, you don't |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3227 need these programs to look at the archive table of contents, only to |
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3228 extract or manipulate the subfiles in the archive. |
28123
6e2e72ee55a6
(Compressed Files): Note custom option.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
26105
diff
changeset
|
3229 |
25829 | 3230 @node Remote Files |
3231 @section Remote Files | |
3232 | |
45892
58c783d19649
@node{Remote Files}: Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
44717
diff
changeset
|
3233 @cindex Tramp |
25829 | 3234 @cindex FTP |
3235 @cindex remote file access | |
46346
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3236 You can refer to files on other machines using a special file name |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3237 syntax: |
25829 | 3238 |
3239 @example | |
3240 @group | |
3241 /@var{host}:@var{filename} | |
3242 /@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{filename} | |
26105 | 3243 /@var{user}@@@var{host}#@var{port}:@var{filename} |
46346
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3244 /@var{method}:@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{filename} |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3245 /@var{method}:@var{user}@@@var{host}#@var{port}:@var{filename} |
25829 | 3246 @end group |
3247 @end example | |
3248 | |
3249 @noindent | |
59886 | 3250 To carry out this request, Emacs uses either the FTP program or a |
3251 remote-login program such as @command{ssh}, @command{rlogin}, or | |
3252 @command{telnet}. You can always specify in the file name which | |
3253 method to use---for example, | |
46384 | 3254 @file{/ftp:@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{filename}} uses FTP, whereas |
47001
66b6d19633ed
Remote files: new default method for Tramp is ssh, not sm.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46918
diff
changeset
|
3255 @file{/ssh:@var{user}@@@var{host}:@var{filename}} uses @command{ssh}. |
59886 | 3256 When you don't specify a method in the file name, Emacs chooses |
3257 the method as follows: | |
46346
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3258 |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3259 @enumerate |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3260 @item |
59886 | 3261 If the host name starts with @samp{ftp.} (with dot), then Emacs uses |
3262 FTP. | |
46346
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3263 @item |
59886 | 3264 If the user name is @samp{ftp} or @samp{anonymous}, then Emacs uses |
3265 FTP. | |
46346
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3266 @item |
59886 | 3267 Otherwise, Emacs uses @command{ssh}. |
46346
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3268 @end enumerate |
45892
58c783d19649
@node{Remote Files}: Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
44717
diff
changeset
|
3269 |
58c783d19649
@node{Remote Files}: Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
44717
diff
changeset
|
3270 @noindent |
46346
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3271 Remote file access through FTP is handled by the Ange-FTP package, which |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3272 is documented in the following. Remote file access through the other |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3273 methods is handled by the Tramp package, which has its own manual. |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3274 @xref{Top, The Tramp Manual,, tramp, The Tramp Manual}. |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3275 |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3276 When the Ange-FTP package is used, Emacs logs in through FTP using your |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3277 user name or the name @var{user}. It may ask you for a password from |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3278 time to time; this is used for logging in on @var{host}. The form using |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3279 @var{port} allows you to access servers running on a non-default TCP |
49f06e689a20
* files.texi (Remote Files): Explain new unified file name synatx.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
46215
diff
changeset
|
3280 port. |
45892
58c783d19649
@node{Remote Files}: Mention Tramp.
Kai Großjohann <kgrossjo@eu.uu.net>
parents:
44717
diff
changeset
|
3281 |
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3282 @cindex backups for remote files |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3283 @vindex ange-ftp-make-backup-files |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3284 If you want to disable backups for remote files, set the variable |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3285 @code{ange-ftp-make-backup-files} to @code{nil}. |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3286 |
44717
1fdf19dbc2e8
(Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
44588
diff
changeset
|
3287 By default, the auto-save files (@pxref{Auto Save Files}) for remote |
1fdf19dbc2e8
(Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
44588
diff
changeset
|
3288 files are made in the temporary file directory on the local machine. |
1fdf19dbc2e8
(Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
44588
diff
changeset
|
3289 This is achieved using the variable @code{auto-save-file-name-transforms}. |
1fdf19dbc2e8
(Auto Save Files): Mention auto-save-file-name-transforms.
Glenn Morris <rgm@gnu.org>
parents:
44588
diff
changeset
|
3290 |
25829 | 3291 @cindex ange-ftp |
3292 @vindex ange-ftp-default-user | |
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3293 @cindex user name for remote file access |
25829 | 3294 Normally, if you do not specify a user name in a remote file name, |
3295 that means to use your own user name. But if you set the variable | |
3296 @code{ange-ftp-default-user} to a string, that string is used instead. | |
3297 | |
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3298 @cindex anonymous FTP |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3299 @vindex ange-ftp-generate-anonymous-password |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3300 To visit files accessible by anonymous FTP, you use special user |
36155
3594ca3f5f64
Fix some Texinfo usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36136
diff
changeset
|
3301 names @samp{anonymous} or @samp{ftp}. Passwords for these user names |
3594ca3f5f64
Fix some Texinfo usage.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
36136
diff
changeset
|
3302 are handled specially. The variable |
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3303 @code{ange-ftp-generate-anonymous-password} controls what happens: if |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3304 the value of this variable is a string, then that string is used as |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3305 the password; if non-@code{nil} (the default), then the value of |
68540 | 3306 @code{user-mail-address} is used; if @code{nil}, then Emacs prompts |
3307 you for a password as usual. | |
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3308 |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3309 @cindex firewall, and accessing remote files |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3310 @cindex gateway, and remote file access with @code{ange-ftp} |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3311 @vindex ange-ftp-smart-gateway |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3312 @vindex ange-ftp-gateway-host |
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3313 Sometimes you may be unable to access files on a remote machine |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3314 because a @dfn{firewall} in between blocks the connection for security |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3315 reasons. If you can log in on a @dfn{gateway} machine from which the |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3316 target files @emph{are} accessible, and whose FTP server supports |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3317 gatewaying features, you can still use remote file names; all you have |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3318 to do is specify the name of the gateway machine by setting the |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3319 variable @code{ange-ftp-gateway-host}, and set |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3320 @code{ange-ftp-smart-gateway} to @code{t}. Otherwise you may be able |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3321 to make remote file names work, but the procedure is complex. You can |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3322 read the instructions by typing @kbd{M-x finder-commentary @key{RET} |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3323 ange-ftp @key{RET}}. |
35908
4ba2a6029c03
(Remote Files): Explain how to use ange-ftp behind firewalls. Add a
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
35731
diff
changeset
|
3324 |
25829 | 3325 @vindex file-name-handler-alist |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3326 @cindex disabling remote files |
26105 | 3327 You can entirely turn off the FTP file name feature by removing the |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3328 entries @code{ange-ftp-completion-hook-function} and |
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3329 @code{ange-ftp-hook-function} from the variable |
28327
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
3330 @code{file-name-handler-alist}. You can turn off the feature in |
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
3331 individual cases by quoting the file name with @samp{/:} (@pxref{Quoted |
f7b17a6af3db
(Visiting): List wildcard chars. Mention find-file-wildcards.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28123
diff
changeset
|
3332 File Names}). |
25829 | 3333 |
3334 @node Quoted File Names | |
3335 @section Quoted File Names | |
3336 | |
3337 @cindex quoting file names | |
64591
c502137f8bb7
(Quoted File Names): Add index entry.
Eli Zaretskii <eliz@gnu.org>
parents:
64493
diff
changeset
|
3338 @cindex file names, quote special characters |
25829 | 3339 You can @dfn{quote} an absolute file name to prevent special |
3340 characters and syntax in it from having their special effects. | |
3341 The way to do this is to add @samp{/:} at the beginning. | |
3342 | |
3343 For example, you can quote a local file name which appears remote, to | |
3344 prevent it from being treated as a remote file name. Thus, if you have | |
3345 a directory named @file{/foo:} and a file named @file{bar} in it, you | |
3346 can refer to that file in Emacs as @samp{/:/foo:/bar}. | |
3347 | |
3348 @samp{/:} can also prevent @samp{~} from being treated as a special | |
3349 character for a user's home directory. For example, @file{/:/tmp/~hack} | |
3350 refers to a file whose name is @file{~hack} in directory @file{/tmp}. | |
3351 | |
44143
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3352 Quoting with @samp{/:} is also a way to enter in the minibuffer a |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3353 file name that contains @samp{$}. In order for this to work, the |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3354 @samp{/:} must be at the beginning of the minibuffer contents. (You |
44327
1e166973cd8b
Don't use @samp in an anchor.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44143
diff
changeset
|
3355 can also double each @samp{$}; see @ref{File Names with $}.) |
25829 | 3356 |
3357 You can also quote wildcard characters with @samp{/:}, for visiting. | |
44143
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3358 For example, @file{/:/tmp/foo*bar} visits the file |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3359 @file{/tmp/foo*bar}. |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3360 |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3361 Another method of getting the same result is to enter |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3362 @file{/tmp/foo[*]bar}, which is a wildcard specification that matches |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3363 only @file{/tmp/foo*bar}. However, in many cases there is no need to |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3364 quote the wildcard characters because even unquoted they give the |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3365 right result. For example, if the only file name in @file{/tmp} that |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3366 starts with @samp{foo} and ends with @samp{bar} is @file{foo*bar}, |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3367 then specifying @file{/tmp/foo*bar} will visit only |
f7a64b7a993d
(Quoted File Names): Minor clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
44086
diff
changeset
|
3368 @file{/tmp/foo*bar}. |
28526
297e03ccd7e6
(Backup): backup-enable-predicate.
Dave Love <fx@gnu.org>
parents:
28327
diff
changeset
|
3369 |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3370 @node File Name Cache |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3371 @section File Name Cache |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3372 |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3373 @cindex file name caching |
28671 | 3374 @cindex cache of file names |
3375 @pindex find | |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3376 @kindex C-@key{TAB} |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3377 @findex file-cache-minibuffer-complete |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3378 You can use the @dfn{file name cache} to make it easy to locate a |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3379 file by name, without having to remember exactly where it is located. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3380 When typing a file name in the minibuffer, @kbd{C-@key{tab}} |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3381 (@code{file-cache-minibuffer-complete}) completes it using the file |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3382 name cache. If you repeat @kbd{C-@key{tab}}, that cycles through the |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3383 possible completions of what you had originally typed. Note that the |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3384 @kbd{C-@key{tab}} character cannot be typed on most text-only |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3385 terminals. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3386 |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3387 The file name cache does not fill up automatically. Instead, you |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3388 load file names into the cache using these commands: |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3389 |
31076 | 3390 @findex file-cache-add-directory |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3391 @table @kbd |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3392 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory @key{RET} @var{directory} @key{RET} |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3393 Add each file name in @var{directory} to the file name cache. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3394 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory-using-find @key{RET} @var{directory} @key{RET} |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3395 Add each file name in @var{directory} and all of its nested |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3396 subdirectories to the file name cache. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3397 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory-using-locate @key{RET} @var{directory} @key{RET} |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3398 Add each file name in @var{directory} and all of its nested |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3399 subdirectories to the file name cache, using @command{locate} to find |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3400 them all. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3401 @item M-x file-cache-add-directory-list @key{RET} @var{variable} @key{RET} |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3402 Add each file name in each directory listed in @var{variable} |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3403 to the file name cache. @var{variable} should be a Lisp variable |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3404 such as @code{load-path} or @code{exec-path}, whose value is a list |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3405 of directory names. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3406 @item M-x file-cache-clear-cache @key{RET} |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3407 Clear the cache; that is, remove all file names from it. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3408 @end table |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3409 |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3410 @node File Conveniences |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3411 @section Convenience Features for Finding Files |
31076 | 3412 |
61046
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3413 In this section, we introduce some convenient facilities for finding |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3414 recently-opened files, reading file names from a buffer, and viewing |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3415 image files. |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3416 |
31076 | 3417 @findex recentf-mode |
3418 @vindex recentf-mode | |
3419 @findex recentf-save-list | |
3420 @findex recentf-edit-list | |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3421 If you enable Recentf mode, with @kbd{M-x recentf-mode}, the |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3422 @samp{File} menu includes a submenu containing a list of recently |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3423 opened files. @kbd{M-x recentf-save-list} saves the current |
37315
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3424 @code{recent-file-list} to a file, and @kbd{M-x recentf-edit-list} |
702729e72132
Change @var to @code in many places.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
37090
diff
changeset
|
3425 edits it. |
32221 | 3426 |
36136
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3427 The @kbd{M-x ffap} command generalizes @code{find-file} with more |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3428 powerful heuristic defaults (@pxref{FFAP}), often based on the text at |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3429 point. Partial Completion mode offers other features extending |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3430 @code{find-file}, which can be used with @code{ffap}. |
a5ae50ec6fe7
Many small clarifications.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
35919
diff
changeset
|
3431 @xref{Completion Options}. |
52401 | 3432 |
61847 | 3433 @findex image-mode |
3434 @findex image-toggle-display | |
3435 @cindex images, viewing | |
3436 Visiting image files automatically selects Image mode. This major | |
3437 mode allows you to toggle between displaying the file as an image in | |
3438 the Emacs buffer, and displaying its underlying text representation, | |
3439 using the command @kbd{C-c C-c} (@code{image-toggle-display}). This | |
3440 works only when Emacs can display the specific image type. | |
3441 | |
61046
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3442 @findex thumbs-mode |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3443 @findex mode, thumbs |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3444 Thumbs mode is a major mode for viewing directories containing many |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3445 image files. To use it, type @kbd{M-x thumbs} and specify the |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3446 directory to view. The images in that directory will be displayed in |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3447 a @samp{Thumbs} buffer as @dfn{thumbnails}; type @kbd{RET} on a |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3448 thumbnail to view the full-size image. Thumbs mode requires the |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3449 @file{convert} program, which is part of the ImageMagick software |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3450 package. |
89f67218c46b
(File Conveniences): Delete Auto Image File mode.
Richard M. Stallman <rms@gnu.org>
parents:
61011
diff
changeset
|
3451 |
61847 | 3452 @node Filesets |
3453 @section Filesets | |
3454 @cindex filesets | |
3455 | |
3456 @findex filesets-init | |
3457 If you regularly edit a certain group of files, you can define them | |
3458 as a @dfn{fileset}. This lets you perform certain operations, such as | |
3459 visiting, @code{query-replace}, and shell commands on all the files | |
3460 at once. To make use of filesets, you must first add the expression | |
3461 @code{(filesets-init)} to your @file{.emacs} file (@pxref{Init File}). | |
3462 This adds a @samp{Filesets} menu to the menu bar. | |
3463 | |
3464 @findex filesets-add-buffer | |
3465 @findex filesets-remove-buffer | |
68540 | 3466 The simplest way to define a fileset is by adding files to it one |
61847 | 3467 at a time. To add a file to fileset @var{name}, visit the file and |
3468 type @kbd{M-x filesets-add-buffer @kbd{RET} @var{name} @kbd{RET}}. If | |
3469 there is no fileset @var{name}, this creates a new one, which | |
3470 initially creates only the current file. The command @kbd{M-x | |
3471 filesets-remove-buffer} removes the current file from a fileset. | |
3472 | |
3473 You can also edit the list of filesets directly, with @kbd{M-x | |
3474 filesets-edit} (or by choosing @samp{Edit Filesets} from the | |
3475 @samp{Filesets} menu). The editing is performed in a Customize buffer | |
3476 (@pxref{Easy Customization}). Filesets need not be a simple list of | |
3477 files---you can also define filesets using regular expression matching | |
3478 file names. Some examples of these more complicated filesets are | |
3479 shown in the Customize buffer. Remember to select @samp{Save for | |
3480 future sessions} if you want to use the same filesets in future Emacs | |
3481 sessions. | |
3482 | |
3483 You can use the command @kbd{M-x filesets-open} to visit all the | |
3484 files in a fileset, and @kbd{M-x filesets-close} to close them. Use | |
3485 @kbd{M-x filesets-run-cmd} to run a shell command on all the files in | |
3486 a fileset. These commands are also available from the @samp{Filesets} | |
3487 menu, where each existing fileset is represented by a submenu. | |
3488 | |
52401 | 3489 @ignore |
3490 arch-tag: 768d32cb-e15a-4cc1-b7bf-62c00ee12250 | |
3491 @end ignore |